Kcpe-kcse.com
English scheme of work for standard one: term one
acitivities
Learning/
1 – 3
Oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
· demonstrating by pointing
At different objects.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 2-7
‘what/who is this?’ this/that is… a
· asking and answering oral
Baby. And ask and answer questions
E.g. ‘what is this/that?’ it is a…
questions.
· looking at given pictures
And naming objects.
· talking about objects and
People.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 7-8
4
Reading
Learners should be able to perform
· recognizing familiar objects
Pre-reading activities e.g. Recognize
Familiar objects.
5
1 – 3
Writing
Oral work
Learners should be able to perform
Pre-writing activities e.g. Tracing,
Modelling animals, drawing patterns
And drawing pictures.
Learners should be able to ask and
Answer oral questions e.g. ‘what are
· tracing pictures.
· modelling animals.
· drawing patterns and
Pictures.
· demonstrating given
Instructions and actions.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book, cups, books
And pencils, clay/
Plasticine.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 8-9
You/they doing?’ i am/ you/they
· asking and answering oral
Are running. She/he is cycling, etc.
questions.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 8-9
4
Reading
Learners should be able to perform
Pre-reading activities e.g. Recognise
· demonstrating familiar
Actions.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
And identify actions and associate
Actions in pictures with familiar
Actions.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
5
Writing
Learners should be able to perform
Pre-writing activities e.g. Writing
· writing the patterns and
Letters of the alphabet.
Chart showing letters
Of the alphabet.
Patterns and letters of the alphabet
· drawing pictures.
And drawing pictures showing
Actions.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
acitivities
learning/
1 – 3
Oral work
Learners should be able to identify
Different shapes and sort them
· naming different shapes.
· identifying and sorting
Pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 10-11
According to their sizes. And respond
objects.
To questions e.g. ‘which shape
Is this/different? Which are the
Same size?’
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 9
4
Reading
Learners should be able to perform
Pre-reading activities e.g. Sorting,
Identifying and discriminating
Different objects.
· sorting and identifying
Different objects.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
5
Writing
Learners should be able to perform
· drawing and modelling
Plasticine/clay.
Pre-writing activities e.g. Drawing and
Modelling shapes.
shapes e.g. Circle, triangle,
Etc.
1-3
Oral work
Learners should be able to recognize
· naming colours of different
Bags, desks, balls.
Nppe pupil’s
And name colours e.g. ‘which colour
objects in and around the
book 1 pp 12-13
Is this/different?’ it is red. The shirt
Is blue.
classroom.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 10
4
Reading
Learners should be able to perform
Pre-reading activities related to
· classifying objects based on
Colour.
Colour discrimination.
5
Writing learners should be able to perform
· drawing objects.
Coloured pencils.
Pre-writing activities of drawing and
Colouring objects.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
acitivities
learning/
1
oral work
learners should be able to revise
Different patterns learned in previous
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 10-14
Units.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 11-12
2
reading
learners should be able to read
The alphabet song to reinforce the
· singing the alphabet song. Chart showing the
Alphabet song.
Alphabet.
3 – 5
writing
learners should be able to write
Patterns and letters of the alphabet
· writing patterns and letters
Of the alphabet in capital
clay/plasticine, dolls,
Mat
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 14-15
Neatly and legibly. And copy simple
letters and lower case.
Words legibly and accurately.
· writing numerals clearly.
· modelling shapes.
· practising writing in the air
And on sand.
· copying given words.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 11-12
1 – 5
Revision and
Testing
Learners should be able to
Thoroughly revise work covered
· asking and answer oraling
Questions for clarification.
Pencils and other
Writing materials e.g.
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books.
Between weeks 1 – 5 and answer the
Questions set.
· writing down answers to the
Questions set correctly.
answer sheets.
1 – 3
oral work
learners should be able to identify
The main characters in the pupil’s
· talking about characters in
The book.
pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 16-17
Book e.g. ‘who is this?’ this is
· identifying the characters
Juma/wambui etc. My name is kola.
And construct correct sentences
Using new words e.g. Red shirt, short
Hair, etc.
using special features.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 12-13
4
reading
learners should be able to read
Names of the characters clearly. And
Answer oral questions correctly.
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
5
Writing learners should be able to draw
Pictures of the characters and write
· drawing pictures.
· recording the names.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Down their names correctly.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
acitivities
learning/
1 – 3
oral work
learners should be able to listen and
Respond to greetings e.g. ‘hello/ hallo.
· demonstrating by greeting
Each other as they shake
flash cards. Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 18-21
What is your name? Good morning/
hands.
Afternoon.’ and construct correct
Sentences using new words e.g. My
Name is…. Nice to meet you.
· constructing simple
Sentences using the new
Words taught.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 13-15
4
Reading
Learners should be able to read the
Sequence of greetings and responses.
· conversing as pupils read
Out greetings.
Nppe pupil’s
Book pp 18-21
And talk about the picture of the
· singing the song, ‘my name
Animals saying hello in the ‘have fun’
Section.
is juma,what is your name?’
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 14
5
Writing
Learners should be able to copy the
Greeting sequence accurately using
· copying letters and
Sentences.
Letters and sentence
Cards.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 18-21
Their own names, copy given letters
· completing sentences.
And sentences neatly and accurately.
And write the given pattern neatly.
They should also draw a picture of
Themselves and of a friend, and write
Their names accurately.
· drawing pictures.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 15
1 – 3
Oral work
Learners should be able to ask and
Respond to questions e.g ‘what is
· discussing the pupil’s
Homes.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 22-25
This/that?’ this /that is a book. And
· discussing the pictures in
Construct correct sentences using
New words e.g. Cup, book, roof, etc.
the pupil’s book.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 16-18
4
Reading learners should be able to read
Fluently and accurately the given text
For comprehension. And talk about
The story in the ‘have fun’ section for
Enjoyment.
· reading aloud.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 22-25
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 16-18
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
acitivities
learning/
5 writing learners should be able to write
Given patterns, letters and words
Neatly and legibly. And copy
Given sentences accurately. They
Should draw and colour a house,
And complete the writing exercise
Correctly.
· writing neatly.
· copying given sentences.
· drawing and colouring a
House.
· recording answers to the
Exercise given.
Coloured pencils. Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 24-25
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 16-18
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
‘what is this/that?’ this/that is
A pencil. And construct correct
Sentences using new words e.g.
· naming and talking about
Common classroom objects
· talking about the classroom.
· listening and responding to
Greetings.
Pens, piece of chalk,
Desks.
Nppe pupil’s
Book pp 26-28
Nppe teacher’s
Book pp 18-20
Window, desk, goodbye, good
Morning/afternoon/ night etc.
4 reading learners should be able to read the
Given sequence of greetings and
Responses fluently. And talk about the
Picture in the ‘have fun’ section.
5 writing learners should be able to write
Given letters and patterns accurately.
· reading about time of the
Day aloud.
· acting out the conversation.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· writing letters and patterns.
· copying words.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 27-29
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 18-20
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 28-29
And copy the given words accurately
And complete the sentences correctly.
· completing sentences.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 18-20
Revision and
Testing
Learners should be able to answer
Questions set from the work covered
In term one.
· revising the work covered.
· asking questions for
Clarification.
Test items/ questions,
Writing materials e.g.
Pencils and answer
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books
Units 1-10
· writing down answers
sheets.
To the questions set in an
Examination environment.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english scheme of work for standard one: term two
acitivities
Learning/
1 – 5 revision learners should be able to revise
Work covered in term one.
1 – 2 oral work learners should be able to respond
To instructions e.g. Stand up! Sit
Down! Clap! Jump! Etc. And
Construct correct sentences using
The pattern ‘who will…?’ she/he/
They will … they should also be
Able to construct correct sentences
Using new words e.g. Timetable, roof,
Please, etc.
3 reading learners should be able to read
The given imperatives fluently and
Accurately. And talk about the picture
In the ‘have fun’ section.
4 writing learners should be able to write
Given pattern and letters of the
Alphabet legibly and neatly. And copy
Simple action words accurately.
5 library learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· revising the term one exam
Paper.
· talking about the pictures in
The pupil’s book.
· demonstrating given actions.
· playing a game.
· teaching new words in
Context.
· reading given imperatives.
· reading the given text aloud.
· writing the patterns.
· demonstrating the direction
Of the strokes of the given
Letters.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Past exam paper. Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 32-34
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 20-24
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 32-34
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 20-24
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 33-34
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 23
Storybook. Seven little
Chicks
Oup, nairobi
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
acitivities
learning/
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to count
From 1 up to 10. And construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
‘how many…’ e.g. How many
Trees are these? There are eight trees.
They should also construct correct
· counting numbers from 1 to
10 using fingers, shoes etc.
· teaching the new words in
Context and practising using
New words.
word cards, shoes,
Rulers, sticks, bottles,
Bottletops, etc.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 36-39
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 24-26
Sentences using new words e.g. Six,
Ten etc.
4 reading learners should be able to read
Labels, pictures and the songs fluently.
And answer oral questions asked.
They should also count the animals
In the ‘have fun’ section.
5 writing learners should be able to write
Down correct answer to the given
Questions. And write down their
Names, the names of their teachers
And schools and note the number of
Letters in each name. They should
Also write down numbers in words.
· reading labels loudly.
· reading songs.
· answering oral questions.
· singing/chanting the rhyme
On the ‘little elephant’.
· writing numbers and words.
· discussing the given
Questions and recording the
Answers.
· drawing the pictures given.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 36-37
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 25
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 38-39
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 26
1 – 2 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns
‘who is she?’ he/ she is my father/
Mother etc. This is… he/she has…
Sisters and brothers eg. This is kola.
He has two brothers and one sister.
· discussing pictures in the
Pupil’s book
· talking about the pupils’
Families.
· asking and telling the names
Of members in the home.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book, word cards.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 40-41
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 26-28
And construct correct sentences
Using new words e.g. Mother, brother,
Etc.
3 reading learners should be able to read the
Given sentences and text accurately
· reading given sentences.
· asking and answering oral
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 40-45
And fluently. And talk about the given
Picture, and count paka’s brothers and
Sisters in the ‘have fun’ section.
questions.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 27
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
acitivities
learning/
4
writing
learners should be able to write
Down correct answers to the
· practising writing the given
Patterns.
pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 41-42
Questions given. And draw ten cats
· copying the given words and
And write their number underneath.
They should also write the given
Patterns, words and sentences legibly
And accurately.
sentences.
· drawing pictures of the cats.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 28
5
Library
Learners should be able to read
The story fluently and accurately
For comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering
Questions.
Storybook. The greedy
Hyena
Oup, nairobi
· retelling the story.
1 – 3
Oral work
Learners should be able to name
Parts of the body e.g. Eye. And
· naming and talking about
Parts of the body.
Picture of a person
Showing parts of the
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 44-46
Construct correct sentences using the
Pattern e.g. ‘how many legs/ arms
…?’ She has two arms. They should
Also construct correct sentences using
The patterns ‘show me your …’ and
‘this is my…’. ‘whose/ what are
These…?’ these are…
· playing a game where pupils
Shut their eyes and have to
Guess what they are touching.
· pointing at each others faces
And asking questions.
· singing the song ‘head,
Shoulders, knees and toes’
Using actions.
body.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 29-31
4
Reading
Learners should be able to read about
Parts of the body. And identify them.
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book, sentence cards.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 44-47
They should also talk about the bird
Feeding the chicks in the ‘have fun’
Section.
questions.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 30
5
Reading learners should be able to write the
Given pattern, and words accurately.
· writing the given patterns,
Letters and words.
Picture of a human
Body.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 44-47
And write correct answers to the
· drawing pictures,
Questions given. They should also draw
The picture shown and label it.
· recording answers to the
Given questions.
nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 31
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
acitivities
learning/
1 revision and
Testing
learners should be able to revise
Work covered between weeks one and
· asking questions for
Clarification.
pencils, crayons,
Test items/questions,
nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books.
Five and answer questions set.
2 – 3 oral work learners should be able to name the
Days of the week, e.g. ‘what day
Of the week is it?’ today is … and
Construct correct sentences using
New words e.g. Compound, market
Shamba, etc.
4 reading learners should be able to read
About days of the week. And read and
Talk about the picture in the ‘have fun’
Section.
5 writing learners should be able to write the
Given pattern legibly. And copy the
· writing the given test.
· talking about days of the
Week.
· reciting the rhyme on the
Days of the week.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· reading aloud.
· reciting a rhyme.
· writing the patterns.
· copying days of the week.
answer sheets.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 48-50
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 31-33
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 48-50
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 32
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 49-51
Days of the week accurately. They
Should also write correct sentences
About what they do on saturdays and
Sundays.
· writing sentences.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 33
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
· discussing pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 52-54
‘what is the weather like?’ the
Weather is warm/windy… and
Construct correct sentences using
Adverbs of time e.g. Yesterday,
Today, in the afternoon, etc.
· talking about the weather.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 34-35
4 reading learners should be able to read about
Weather. And answer comprehension
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 52-54
Questions orally.they should also read
The story of the ogre in the ‘have fun’
Section.
questions.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 34
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
acitivities
learning/
5 writing learners should be able to copy
Given patterns and words accurately
And legibly. And answer the given
Questions correctly.
· copying the patterns and
Words.
· recording answers in the
Exercise books.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 53-55
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 35
1 – 2 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using prepositions
E.g.‘in,on, under, etc. E.g. ‘where
Are the children?’ the children are
Outside the house. And construct
Correct sentences using new words
E.g. Flower, headteacher, uniform,
Etc. They should also construct
Correct sentences using the present
Continuous tense e.g. ‘what are the
Boys doing?’ the boys are …
3 reading learners should be able to read given
Sentences accurately and fluently.
And read the given text accurately
And fluently for comprehension. They
Should also read the story in the
· discussing activities pupils
Do in school.
· demonstrating the meanings
Of the prepositions e.g. In,
On, under and between.
· teaching new words.
· demonstrating the use of
Where using pupils in your
Class.
· playing the game hide-and-
Seek.
· discussing pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Pencils, bags, books,
Etc.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 56-58
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 36-38
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 56-58
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 36-37
‘have fun’ section.
4 writing learners should be able to write the
Given pattern and sentences legibly
And accurately. And draw/copy the
Given pictures. They should also write
Down correct answers to the given
Questions. And write sentences about
Their school.
5 library learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· writing the patterns and
Sentences given.
· drawing pictures.
· writing about their school.
· reading silently.
· asking questions.
· retelling the story.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 57-59
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 37
Storybook. Manga goes to
School
Oup, nairobi.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
acitivities
learning/
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using polite language
· talking about the classroom
Scene in the picture.
pictures in the pupil’s
Book, exercise books,
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 60-61
E.g. ‘may i, excuse me, please,
Sorry,thank you ’ e.g. Excuse me,
May i come in? And construct correct
Sentences using questions.
· discussing different ways of
Asking for permission.
· talking about polite language
In school and at home.
· constructing sentences.
rulers etc.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 38-40
4 reading learners should be able to read about
Polite language at school and at home.
And read about ‘brown rabbit and the
Bananas’ in the ‘have fun’ section.
· discussing the pictures in
The pupil’s book.
· reading aloud.
· reading silently.
Picture in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 60-62
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 39
5 writing learners should be able to copy given
Letters, words and sentences accurately
And legibly. And complete the given
Sentences correctly.
· copying letters, words and
Sentences.
· discussing the given exercise
Orally.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 61-63
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 39
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to identify
Different colours e.g. ‘what colour
Is it?’ it is red,blue, etc. ‘what shape
And colour is it/are they?’
4 reading learners should be able to read the
Passage given fluently and accurately
And answer oral questions. And discuss
The picture in the ‘have fun’ section.
· talking about colours in the
Pupil’s book.
· naming colours of different
Items.
· teaching new words.
· reading aloud.
· reading in pairs.
· discussing the pictures of
The colour song given.
· reading the stanzas of the
Flash cards, balls
Of different colours,
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book, colour chart.
Sentence cards.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 64-66
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 40-42
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 61-67
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 41
Song.
5 writing learners should be able to copy the
Given words accurately. And write
Down correct answers to the questions
Given.they should also draw given
Shapes accurately.
· copying given words.
· writing down answers in the
Exercise books.
· drawing shapes and naming
Their colours correctly.
coloured pencils or
Crayons
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 65-67
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 42
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
acitivities
learning/
Revision and
Testing
Learners should be able to revise
Work covered in term two. And answer
Questions set from the work covered.
· revising the work covered.
· asking and answering
Questions for clarification.
Test items/questions,
Writing materials e.g.
Pencils and answer
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books
Units 1-20
· writing down answers
sheets.
To the questions set in an
Examination situation.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english scheme of work for standard one: term three
acitivities
Learning/
1 – 5 revision learners should be able to revise
Work covered in term two.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· revising the exam paper.
Past exam paper. Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to tell the
Time up to half an hour, construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
‘what time do/does she/he/
You…?’ and construct correct
Sentences using adverbs of time
E.g. Morning, early, sunrise, etc.
They should also construct correct
Sentences using the pattern ‘what
· estimating time from the
Position of the sun and
Shadows.
· counting twelve numbers on
The clock face in pairs.
· discussing with pupils what
They do at different times of
The day.
· miming daily activities.
Word cards, model
Clock face, pictures
In the pupil’s book,
Class timetable.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 70-72
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 44-46
Time is it?’
4 reading learners should be able to read the
Given text accurately and fluently and
Answer oral questions. And read and
Complete given sentences.they should
Also talk about ‘paka’s eating time’ in
The ‘have fun’ section.
5 writing learners should be able to write
Given patterns accurately. And write
Down correct answers to the questions
Given.they should also draw clock
Faces showing different times. And
· reading the text for each
Picture aloud.
· discussing what is going on
In the given pictures.
· demonstrating/miming the
Actions given.
· drawing clock faces.
· completing the gap-filling
Exercise.
· recording correct answers in
Their exercise books.
Sentence cards. Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 70-73
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 45
Clock face. Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 71-73
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 46
Write true and correct sentences about
Them.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
acitivities
learning/
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns
‘how many days/ months are
There?’ ‘which is the fifth week?’
And construct correct sentences using
Simple past (regular verbs i.e. Those
That are transformed into the past
Tense by adding -d or ed) and simple
· talking about months of the
Year that pupils know.
· talking about pupils’
Birthdays.
· counting the number of
Days in each month.
· reading and singing the
Song of the months.
calendar, song of the
Months.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 74-76
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 46-50
Future tense using will.
4 reading learners should be able to read the
Months of the year accurately and
Answer oral questions. And read
The given text accurately and for
Comprehension. They should also talk
About the story of ‘mr. Rat and the cats’
In the ‘have fun’ section.
· reading the months of the
Year.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· discussing given pictures.
· reciting rhymes about the
Months of the year.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 75-77
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 47-48
· singing ‘happy birthday’
With paka.
5 writing learners should be able to write the
Given pattern, letters of the alphabet
And sentence accurately and legibly.
And complete the given sentences
Correctly. They should also write
Three sentences about what they did
On saturday and three sentences
About what they did on sunday.
· writing patterns, letters of the
Alphabet and a sentence.
· writing down answers to the
Given exercises.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 76-77
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 49-50
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns
‘what is he/she wearing? I am
Wearing . . . What colour is your…/
It?’ they should also construct
Correct sentences using new words
· discussing pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
· talking about the clothes
They and other people wear.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 78-80
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 50-52
E.g. Dress, vest, socks, sweater, etc.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
acitivities
learning/
4 reading learners should be able to read the
Given story fluently and accurately
For comprehension and answer oral
Questions. And talk about ‘mr. Ogre’s
Sister’ in the ‘have fun’ section for
· discussing the pictures in
Pupil’s book.
· reading aloud.
· discussing the matching
Exercise orally.
Pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 78-81
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 51
Enjoyment.
5 writing learners should be able to write
Given patterns and sentences neatly,
Accurately and legibly. And write down
Correct answers to the questions given.
They should also describe accurately
The school uniform.
· writing the patterns and
Sentences.
· discussing the school
Uniform.
· writing down the correct
Answers.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 80-81
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 52
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using simple or
Plain past using the verb to be
With suitable adverbs. E.g. Where
Was the bag? It was on the floor. And
Construct correct sentences using
Adverbs with -y e.g. Quickly, slowly,
Etc. They should also construct
Correct sentences using new words
E.g. Form, feed, etc.
· naming and talking about
The pictures of the animals
On the farm and those the
Pupils have seen.
· naming some uses of the
Animals.
· revising prepositions e.g.
Under, on, behind, etc.
· constructing accurate
Sentences.
Pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 82-84
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 53-55
· playing a game about
Animals that can be eaten.
4 reading learners should be able to read
The story ‘on the farm’ fluently and
Accurately for comprehension and
Answer the oral questions. And recite
The rhyme in the ‘have fun’ section.
· reading loudly.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· imitating sounds of different
Animals.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 82-85
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 54
· reciting a rhyme.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
acitivities
learning/
5 writing learners should be able to write the
Given pattern legibly. And copy the
Given letters and sentences accurately
And legibly.they should also write the
Correct answers to the questions given.
· copying the given patterns,
Letters and sentences.
· recording correct answers.
· drawing the crossword
Puzzle.
Puzzle in the pupil’s
Book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 84-85
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 55
And write about an animal using the
Given questions.
1 revision and
Testing
Learners should be able to revise
Work covered from weeks 1 – 5 and
· asking and answering
Questions for clarification.
Pencils, answer
Sheets, etc.
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books
Answer the questions set.
· writing down answers to the
Questions set correctly.
2 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using singular
And plural forms e.g. ‘this is/
These are…’ this is a hat. These are
Four fingers. And construct correct
Sentences using new words e.g. Axe,
Nails, jembe, etc.
3 reading learners should be able to read the
Text on farm tools accurately and
Fluently for comprehension and answer
Oral questions. And talk about the
Picture of ‘hare going to the shamba’ in
· discussing the activities in
The pictures in the pupil’s
Book and the tools being
Used.
· miming the activities on the
Farm.
· constructing sentences.
· reading aloud.
· discussing the activities
Shown in the pictures.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Bags, balls, pencils,
Etc.
Pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 86-88
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 55-57
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 86-89
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 56
The ‘have fun’ section.
4 writing learners should be able to copy the
Given patterns, letters and words
· copying patterns, letters and
Words.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 87-88
Accurately and legibly. And write
The correct answers to the questions
Given.
· recording correct answers.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 56
5 library learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
storybook. Goat matata
Oup, nairobi
· retelling the story.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
acitivities
learning/
1 – 2 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using simple
Adjectives like fat, thin e.g. He
Is fat/thin. And construct correct
Sentences using the patterns ‘what
· discussing pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
· discussing pupils
Experiences when travelling.
· dramatizing given actions.
Pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 90-92
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 57-59
Are/you/they/he/she doing? What
Is that? Is this/that/the …?’
They should also construct correct
Sentences using new words e.g. Spade,
Car, cart, etc.
3 reading learners should be able to read the
Given text accurately and fluently
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 90-93
For comprehension and answer oral
Questions. And talk about the ‘hare in
The red car’ in the ‘have fun’ section.
questions.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 58
4 writing learners should be able to copy the
Given pattern, letters and sentences
Accurately. And draw and paint
Given pictures. They should also
Write correct answers to the given
· writing the given patterns
Letters and sentences.
· drawing and painting.
· recording correct answers.
Coloured pencils or
Crayons.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 91-93
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 59
Questions.
5 library learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Storybook. Koba the
Cockroach
Oup, nairobi
· narrating the story.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
acitivities
learning/
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns
‘please give me …, thank you and
Who’ e.g. ‘who is buying milk?’ and
Construct correct sentences using
Some and any e.g. Is there any water
In the glass? Yes there is. They should
Also construct correct sentences using
New words e.g. Money, change, etc.
· discussing the pictures in
The pupil’s book.
· discussing the basic meaning
Of a market.
· talking about going to the
Market.
· playing the game ‘my aunt
Jane.’
· dramatizing/miming buying
picture in the
Pupil’s book.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 94-96
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 60-62
And selling.
· constructing correct
Sentences.
4 reading learners should be able to read the
Passage fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and answer the oral
Questions. And read aloud the story
‘paka at the shop’ in the ‘have fun’
Section.
5 writing learners should be able to write
Given patterns, letters and words
· reading aloud.
· dramatizing the dialogue.
· writing the patterns etc.
· discussing about a shopping
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 94-97
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 61
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 95-97
Accurately. And complete the given
Exercise in their book correctly. They
Should also write a composition
About shopping.
experience.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 62
1 – 3 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns
‘who are they?’ and use who in
Definition e.g. A person who makes
Clothes is called a tailor. They should
Also construct correct sentences using
Possessive pronouns e.g. This is my
· introducing occupations in
The pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· discussing about
Occupations.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
Pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 98-100
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 63-65
Bag. It is mine.
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
new progressive primary english standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
acitivities
learning/
4 reading learners should be able to read
Fluently and accurately about jobs
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 98-101
That people do and answer oral
Questions. And talk about the picture
In the ‘have fun’ section.
questions.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 64
5 writing learners should be able to write
Correct answers to the questions
Given. And copy given sentences
Correctly using neat handwriting.
1 – 2 oral work learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns
‘what is this/that?’ this/that is…
‘what are these?’ these are… e.g.
These/those are pencils. He/she is
Sweeping it.
3 reading learners should be able to read
The story fluently and accurately
For comprehension and answer oral
Questions. And talk about pictures in
The ‘have fun’ section.
4 writing learners should be able to copy given
Sentences accurately and legibly. And
Write correct answers to the questions
Given.
· recording correct answers.
· copying the sentences.
· naming and discussing
Animals in the picture.
· demonstrating the animals
Walking styles.
· constructing correct
Sentences.
· studying pictures in the
Pupil’s book.
· telling a story with a moral
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· copying sentences.
· recording correct answers.
nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 99-101
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 65
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp 102-104
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 66-68
Nppe pupil’s book
1 pp 102-105
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 pp 66-67
Nppe pupil’s
Book 1 pp
103-104
Nppe teacher’s
Book 1 p 68
5 library learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral
Questions
storybook.
a hairy friend
Oup, nairobi
· retelling the story.
Revision and
Testing
learners should be able to revise and
Answer questions set from the work
Covered in term 1 – 3.
· revising the work covered.
· asking questions for
Clarification.
· writing down answers to the
Questions set in an exam.
test items/questions,
Writing materials e.g.
Pencils, crayons and
Answer sheets.
nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books
Units 1-30
for use with new progressive primary english standard one
maazimio ya kazi: muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
maazimio ya kazi: muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
maazimio ya kazi: muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha kwanza
progressive primary mathematics sample schemes of work for standard one: term one
unit
Activities resources
1
Pre-
Number
Work
grouping
Objects
Grouping
Things
2
2
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to group
Objects around them according
To common characteristics
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to group
· grouping objects
· naming objects
· labelling objects
· matching objects according to
Common features
· identifying the size of an object
In relation to others
objects like tins, books,
Pencils, cups, pictures, etc.
Objects like tins, books,
Bottles, pictures, of
pupil’s book
Page 2
Teacher’s book
Pages 1-2
Pupil’s book
Page 3
According to
Size
objects according to size
· matching objects according to size different size
· comparing sizes of objects
teacher’s book
Pages 2-3
Grouping
Things
According to
Colour
Grouping
Things
According to
Texture
2
2
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to group
Objects according to colour
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to group
Objects according to texture
· identifying the colour of an
Object
· matching objects according to
Colour
· identifying the texture of an
Object as rough or smooth
· matching objects according to
Texture
Coloured manila cards
(squares, triangles, circles),
Books, beads, pieces of
Cloth, etc.
Objects that have smooth
Or rough texture like wood,
Paper, glass, soil, mirror,
Leaves, etc.
Pupil’s book
Page 4
Teacher’s book
Pages 3-4
Pupil’s book
Page 5
Teacher’s book
Pages 4-5
· comparing the texture of
Objects
Grouping
Things accord-
Ing to shape
2
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to group
Objects according to shape
· identifying the shape of an object rectangles, circles, triangles
· matching objects according to of different sizes and
Shape colours
pupil’s book
Page 6
Teacher’s book
Pages 5-6
More and
Less
Ordering and
Sequencing
Groups
2
4
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to compare
Things in groups using words
Like more than, less than and same
Number as
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to arrange
Groups of objects in order
Depending on the number in
Each group.
· identifying a group of objects
As having more objects than,
Less objects than, or same
Objects as another by matching
· matching
· counting
· ordering
books, beans, stones,
Pencils, etc.
Bottletops, stones, beans,
Pencils, etc.
Pupil’s book
Pages 7 – 8
Teacher’s book
Pages 6-7
Pupil’s book
Pages 9 – 11
Teacher’s book
Pages 7-8
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
progressive primary mathematics standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
unit
Activities resources
2 counting,
Numbers reading and
Writing 1,
6
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to count,
Read and write 1, 2, 3
· counting 1, 2, 3
· reading 1, 2, 3
· writing 1, 2, 3
Bottletops, sticks, stones,
Cards with 1, 2, 3 objects
And the numbers in figures
Pupil’s book pages
12 – 13
Teacher’s book
2, 3
on them
pages 10-11
Counting,
Reading and
Writing 4,
4
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to count,
Read and write 4, 5, 6
· counting 4, 5, 6
· reading 4, 5, 6
· writing 4, 5, 6
bottletops, sticks, stones,
Cards with 4, 5, 6 objects
And the numbers in figures
pupil’s book pages
14 – 15
Teacher’s book
5, 6
on them
pages 11-12
Counting,
Reading and
Writing 7,
4
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to count,
Read and write 7, 8, 9
· counting 7, 8, 9
· reading 7, 8, 9
· writing 7, 8, 9
Bottletops, sticks, stones,
Cards with 7, 8, 9 objects
And the numbers in figures
Pupil’s book pages
16 – 17
Teacher’s book
8, 9
on them
page 12
Ordering
Numbers
2
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to write 1
To 9 in order starting from the
· counting 1 to 9
· reading 1 to 9
· writing 1 to 9
Bottletops, sticks, stones,
Cards with 1 to 9 on them
Written in order.
Pupil’s book page
17
Teacher’s book
Least to the greatest and vice
Versa
· ordering numbers
pages 12-13
3
Mass
comparing
Masses
2
by the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Compare masses of different
· estimating the masses of
Objects.
· comparing masses of objects
locally available materials
Like pens, books, tins,
Stones, pencils
pupil’s book pages
18 – 21
Teacher’s book
Objects using the words heavier
Than, lighter than, and same mass
As
· lifting objects
pages 14-15
4 putting
Addition together
And sub-
Traction
Taking away
3
4
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add
1-digit numbers with sums not
Exceeding 9 by counting
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Subtract 1-digit numbers from
· counting up to 9
· grouping objects to make
Given numbers like 4, 7, 9
· putting things together
· counting up to 9
· grouping objects to make
Given numbers like 4, 7, 9
Counters like stones,
Bottle-tops, beans,
Buttons, etc.
Counters like stones,
Bottle-tops, beans,
Buttons, etc.
Pupil’s book pages
22 – 23
Teacher’s book
Pages 16-17
Pupil’s book
Pages 24 – 25
Teacher’s book
1-digit numbers
· taking away
pages 18-19
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
progressive primary mathematics standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
unit
Activities resources
5
Capacity
Comparing
Capacities
4
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able
To compare the capacities of
Different containers to establish
Which holds more, which holds
· measuring capacity
· estimating capacity
· comparing capacities
Bottles, cups, spoons,
Water glasses, basins, tins,
Etc.
Pupil’s book
Pages 28 – 31
Teacher’s
Book pages
21-22
Less and which holds the same as
Week 12 – 13
Revision and end term examinations
Progressive primary mathematics sample schemes of work for standard one: term two
unit
Activities resources
the number
Numbers zero
Adding zero
2
2
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize and use the number
Zero in counting and writing
Numbers
By the end of this topic, the
· counting up to 9
· grouping objects to make given
Numbers like 4, 7, 9
· putting together and taking
Away
· counting up to 9
Tins and counters
Tins and counters
Pupil’s book
Page 32
Teacher’s
Book pages
23-24
Pupil’s book
Pupils should be able to add two · grouping objects to make given
1-digit numbers including zero numbers like 4, 7, 9
With sums not exceeding 9 by · putting together
Counting
page 33
Teacher’s
Book pages
24-25
Taking away
2
By the end of this topic, the
· counting up to 9
Tins and counters
Pupil’s book
Zero and
Everything
pupils should be able to subtract · grouping objects to make given
Zero from a number and get numbers like 4, 7, 9
The same number, or subtract · taking away
pages 34 – 35
Teacher’s
Book page 25
Everything and be left with zero
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
progressive primary mathematics standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
unit
Activities resources
7
Lines
straight
Lines
Curved lines
2 by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to identify
And draw straight lines
3 by the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize curved lines
· drawing lines
· tracing lines
· naming lines
· feeling the edges of objects
· drawing lines
· tracing lines
· naming lines
· feeling the edges of objects
cardboard cut-outs,
Rectangular tins, objects
With straight edges
Objects with curved edges
Like coins, round tins
pupil’s book
Pages 36 – 39
Teacher’s book
Pages 27-28
Pupil’s book
Pages 36 – 39
Teacher’s book
Page 28
8
Shapes
Rectangles
2
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize and draw rectangles
· identifying rectangular shapes
In the classroom
· naming rectangles
· cutting out rectangular shapes
String, pegs, pins,
Rectangular solids, pieces of
Wire, matchboxes, blocks of
Wood, drinking straws
Pupil’s book page
40
Teacher’s book
Page 30
· drawing rectangular shapes
Triangles
2
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize and draw triangles
· identifying triangular shapes in string, pegs, pins, triangular
The classroom solids, pieces of wire,
· naming triangles drinking straws
· cutting out triangular shapes
Pupil’s book page
41
Teacher’s book
Page 31
· drawing triangular shapes
Circles
2
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize and draw circles
· identifying circular shapes in
The classroom
· naming circles
· cutting out circular shapes
Round objects like coins,
Plates, circular tins, circular
Cut-outs, string, wire
Pupil’s book
Pages 42 – 43
Teacher’s book
Pages 31-32
· drawing circular shapes
9
Place
Value of
Numbers
Tens and
Ones
5
By the end of this topic, the · counting up to 10
Pupils should be able to write the · making bundles of ten sticks
Tens and ones in a given number each
· counting in groups of 10
· making the place value tables
Bundles of sticks tied
Together and loose sticks,
Rubber bands, the abacus
Pupil’s book
Pages 46 – 51
Teacher’s book
Pages 33-36
Or columns
· using the abacus
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
progressive primary mathematics standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
unit
Activities resources
Counting in
Groups of ten
5
by the end of this topic, the pupils · making bundles of ten sticks each bundles of sticks tied
Should be able to count in multiples · counting in groups of 10 together, rubber bands, the
Of 10, i.e. 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, etc. · using the abacus abacus
pupil’s book
Pages 51 – 53
Teacher’s book
Pages 36-37
Numbers up
To 99
1
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to count
And read from 1-99
· writing tens and ones place value tables, bundles
· drawing tables of sticks tied together and
· reading numbers from 1 to 99 loose sticks, rubber bands,
· counting in groups of 10 tables of numbers written in
pupil’s book
Pages 53 - 55
Teacher’s book
Page 37
Order of size
Missing
Numbers
2
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to find a
Missing number or numbers in a
Series
· writing and reading numbers
In order starting with the least
To the highest and vice versa.
· memorizing the order of numbers
Tables of numbers written
In order
pupil’s book
Pages 53 – 55
Teacher’s book
Page 37
From the least to the greatest
10
Length
comparing
Lengths
4
by the end of this topic, the pupils · comparing heights and lengths
Should be able to compare lengths by placing pupils or objects side
And express their relationships by side
Using the words longer than, shorter
locally available objects
That the pupils can use to
Compare lengths like sticks,
Pens, pencils, rulers, etc.
pupil’s book
Pages 56 – 58
Teacher’s book
Pages 40-41
Than and same length as
Measuring
Length
3
By the end of this topic, the · estimating length
Pupils should be able to measure · measuring length
Length using hand spans, · comparing lengths
Footsteps and sticks
Sticks, desks, ropes, rulers,
Etc.
pupil’s book
Page 59
Teacher’s book
Pages 41-42
11
Addition
And sub-
Traction
Addition
Subtraction
6
3
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add
1-digit numbers with sums up
To 18
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to subtract
1-digit numbers from 2-digit
Numbers
· counting to 20
· adding numbers
· putting groups of objects
Together
· counting to 20
· subtracting numbers
· taking groups of objects away
From a larger group.
Counters such as stones,
Bottletops, beans, buttons,
Etc.
Counters such as stones,
Bottletops, beans, buttons,
Etc.
pupil’s book
Pages 60 – 61
Teacher’s book
Pages 43-44
Pupil’s book
Pages 62 – 63
Teacher’s book
Page 45
Week 12 – 13
revision and end term examination s
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
progressive primary mathematics sample schemes of work for standard one: term three
unit
Activities resources
11 adding
Addition three 1-digit
And sub- numbers
2
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add
Three 1-digit numbers
· counting to 20
· adding numbers
· combining groups of objects
Counters such as stones,
Bottletops, beans, buttons,
Etc.
pupil’s book
Page 64
T/b pg 46
Traction
12
Time
13
Money
adding ones
And tens
Subtracting
Ones and
Tens
Time
Days of the
Week
Kenyan coins
Shopping
2
2
2
2
4
4
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add a 2-
Digit number to a 1-digit number
Without carrying
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to subtract
A 1-digit number from a 2-digit
Number to get a 1-digit number
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to relate
Daily events to morning, noon,
Evening, night
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to narrate
All the days of the week and the
Names in order
By the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize kenyan coins
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to do
Shopping activities using
Imitation coins and kenyan
· drawing place value tables
· adding numbers
· making bundles of ten sticks
· grouping ones and tens
· drawing place value tables
· subtracting numbers
· making bundles of ten sticks.
· untying bundles of ten.
· discussing pupils’ daily
Activities
· doing certain activities that are
Only done at particular times.
· discussing pupils’ daily
Activities
· reading the names of the days
Of the week.
· counting coins
· separating coins
· reading the values on coins
· counting coins
· separating coins
· reading the values on coins
· buying and selling
counters such as stones,
Bottletops, beans, buttons,
Etc.
Counters such as bundles
Of sticks, stones, beans,
Buttons, etc.
Cards with the words noon,
Night, morning, evening
List of the days of the week
Kenyan coins, imitation
Coins
Kenyan coins, imitation
Coins, classroom duka and
Its stock
pupil’s book
Pages 65 – 67
Teacher’s book
Page 46
Pupil’s book
Pages 67 – 69
Teacher’s book
Page 46
Pupil’s book
Page 72
Teacher’s book
Pages 51-52
Pupil’s book
Page 73
Teacher’s book
Pages 52-53
Pupil’s book
Pages 74 – 75
Teacher’s book
Pages 54-55
Pupil’s book
Pages 76 – 77
Teacher’s book
Pages 55-56
Coins
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
progressive primary mathematics standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
unit
Activities resources
14
Addition
And sub-
Traction
addition
4
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add
2-digit numbers with sums not
Exceeding 99 without carrying.
· drawing place value tables
· adding numbers
· using the abacus
bundles of ten sticks each,
Loose sticks, the abacus
pupil’s book
Pages 78 – 79
Teacher’s book
Pages 57-58
Subtraction
5
By the end of this topic, the · drawing place value tables
Pupils should be able to subtract · subtracting numbers
2-digit numbers from 2-digit
Numbers without borrowing.
Bundles of ten sticks each,
Loose sticks and other
Counters
Pupil’s book
Pages 80 – 82
Teacher’s book
Page 59
Number
Patterns
2 by the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize and develop number
Patterns based on basic addition
· filling in tables
· subtracting numbers
· adding numbers
· making number patterns.
Counters such as bundles
Of sticks, beans, buttons
pupil’s book
Page 82
Teacher’s book
Page 60
And subtraction
Revision and end year e x a m
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard one
our lives today: social studies schemes of work for standard one: term one
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our home
a home
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state what a home is.
· describe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· describe what a home is.
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
our lives today sst book 1 page 2
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Book
Our home
types of houses
Found in different
Places
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list different types of
Houses.
· collect materials for modelling
· make models
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book:
our lives today sst book 1 page 4
· pictures of different types of
Houses
Manyatta; storeyed houses; grass-
Thatched etc.
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our home
Materials used in
By the end of the lesson the learners
· identifying different materials used to our lives today sst book 1 page 4
Building houses
should be able to name the materials
Needed in building houses.
build
· stone, mud, bricks, wood etc.
· model houses
· pictures of different types of
Houses
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our home
Materials used in
Building houses
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to describe the materials
Used to build houses and identify
Different types of houses other people live
· describe the materials used to build
Houses, e.g. Iron sheets, bricks etc.
· identify houses other people live in
· ask oral questions
Our lives today sst book 1 page 4
· different materials used to build
Houses, e.g. Bricks, cement, iron
Sheets, grass, mud, etc.
In.
· draw houses
· visit to a school neighbourhood
Our home
Parts of a house
And their uses
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· name different parts of a house
· draw different parts of a house.
Our lives today sst book 1 page 5
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· identify different parts of a house
· state the uses of different parts of a
House.
· name the uses of different parts of a
House
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
Our home
Parts of a house
By the end of the lesson the learners
· list the things found in each part of a our lives today sst book 1 page 5
And their uses
should be able to list the things found in
Each part of a house.
house
· observe the pictures in the pupils book.
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our home
Importance of
By the end of the lesson the learners
· explain the importance of houses
Our lives today sst book 1 page 6
Houses
should be able to state the importance of · stand outside to experience cold or
Hot weather
Houses.
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our home
Implements in the
House
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the tools used in
The home.
· identify the tools used in the home.
· ask the pupils to uproot grass using
Their hands.
Our lives today sst book 1 page 7
· real objects, e.g. Pangas, slashers,
Hammers etc.
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our home
implements in the
Home
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the uses of
Different types of implements in the
Home.
· explain the uses of tools used at
Home
· answer oral questions on the tools
Used at home
our lives today sst book 1 page 7
· real objects e.g. Jembes, pangas,
Spanners, axes
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· draw the tools used at home
Our home
Safety in the home by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the dangerous
· name things that can harm us in our
Homes
Our lives today sst book 1 pages 8
And 9
Things in the home.
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s books · pictures in the pupil’s book
· demonstrate how fire can be caused
In the house
· real things like fire, knives
Our home
Safety in the home by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able identify ways of keeping
Dangerous things in the home safely.
· identify ways of keeping dangerous
Things in the home safely
· ask oral questions on how to keep
Our homes safe
Our lives today sst book 1 pages 8
And 9
· pictures showing people carrying
Out activities to keep the homes
Safe
Our home
Safety in the home by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to suggest safe methods
Of handling fire.
· identify ways of handling fire safely
Our lives today sst book 1 pages 8
And 9
· pictures showing people putting
Out fire
Our family meaning of a family by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· give the meaning of a family.
· state the names of their brothers and
Sisters.
· state the name of their mother.
· give the meaning of a family
· name brothers and sisters
· state the names of their mother and
Father
Our lives today sst book 1 page 10
· pictures in the pupil’s books
Our family types of families
By the end of the lesson the learners
· name different types of families
Our lives today sst book 1 page 11
Should be able to state the different types · draw members of their families
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Of families.
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
Our family other members of
The family
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the members of
Each type of family.
· name members of the extended
Family
· draw their grandmother and
Our lives today sst book 1 page 12
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Different members of the family
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our family how family
Members relate to
Each other
Our family how family
Members relate to
Each other
Our family roles and
Responsibilities of
Family members
Our family roles and
Responsibilities of
Family members
Our family roles and
Responsibilities of
Family members
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able state the names given to
Family members.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able state how family
Members relate to each other.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify the roles and
Responsibilities of family members.
By the end of the lesson learners
Should be able to identify the role and
Responsibilities of family members
By the end of the lesson, the learners
Should be able to appreciate the
Contribution of family members in
Sharing out responsibilities.
· state the names of family members
· draw grand-parents
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· state how members of the family
Relate to each other
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· identify the roles and responsibilities
Of family members
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· dramatize the role of various
Members
· answer oral questions
· explain how family members share
Out responsibilities
our lives today sst book 1 page 13
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our lives today sst book 1 page 13
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our lives today sst book 1 page 15
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our lives today sst book 1 page 15
· drama costumes
Our lives today sst book 1 page 15
Our family family celebrations by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify various
Celebrations in the family.
· identify various celebrations in the
Family
· draw pictures of family celebrations,
E.g. Weddings
our lives today sst book 1 pages
16–17
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· pictures showing family
Celebrations
Revision
Work covered
During the term
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to revise the work
· answer oral questions based on the
Work covered
Our lives today sst book 1 pages
2–17
Covered.
· pupils drawing and making model
Exam
Work covered
During the term.
The learners should be able to answer
Questions based on the work covered
· write the test
· revise the test
Our lives today sst book 1 pages
2–17
During the term.
· pupils drawing and making
Models
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies schemes of work for standard one: term two
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
family needs
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list basic family needs.
· name basic family needs, e.g.
Food, clothes, house etc.
· ask oral questions on basic needs
our lives today sst book 1
Pages 18-22
· real objects, e.g. Food
· list family needs
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· the curiosity chart
· nature corner
Our family
Needs and
How to meet
Family needs
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state ways of meeting
· explain how family needs can be met our lives today sst book 1
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book pages 18-22
Child rights
family needs.
· ask and answer questions.
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· real objects
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
Problems in
Meeting family
Needs
Solutions to
Meeting family
Needs
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the problems
Families encounter when trying to meet
Family needs.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to suggest possible
Solutions to these problems and
Appreciate the efforts made by family
Members.
· identify problems encountered in
Meeting family needs
· ask and answer oral questions
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· suggest possible solutions
· ask oral questions
· observe pictures
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 23-24
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· curiosity chart
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 23-24
· drawing showing activities of
Meeting family needs
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
importance of
Basic needs to a
Child
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the importance of
Basic needs to a child.
· state the importance of basic needs to our lives today sst book 1 page 28
A child
· ask and answer oral questions
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
Importance of
Basic needs to a
Child
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to explain the importance
Of being loved by family members and
Appreciate that love.
· explain the importance of being loved
By family members and appreciate
That love
· ask and answer oral questions
Our lives today sst book 1 page 28
· picture cuttings
· toys
· balls
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
good behaviour in by the end of the lesson the pupils should · state the importance of good
The family be able to state the importance of good behaviour in a family.
Behaviour in the family. · observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book
our lives today sst book 1 page 27
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· pictures showing a child doing
Various activities in the home
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
child rights
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list the rights of a
Child.
· identify the rights of children
· observe pictures showing children’s
Rights
our lives today sst book 1
Pages 28-29
· pictures showing children’s rights
· curiosity chart
Our family
Needs and
Child rights
Child rights
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list the rights of a
Child.
· discuss children’s rights
· observe the pictures showing some
Children’s rights in the pupil’s book
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 28-29
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· curiosity chart
Our family
Possessions
Animals we keep
At home
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the types of
Animals owned by the family.
· classify the animals (livestock and pets).
· state the uses of the animals in their
· draw the animals kept at home
· name the animals kept at home
· classify animals
· state the uses of animals
· sing a song about animals
Our lives today sst book 1 page 30
· local environment
· curiosity chart
· pictures of animals in the pupil’s
Book
Homes.
Our family
Possessions
Animals we keep
At home
By the end of this lesson the learners
Should be able to name the animals
Owned by the family.
· sing a song about animals
· name the animals kept at home
· draw the animals kept at home
Our lives today sst book 1 page 30
· pictures of animals in the pupil’s
Book
· curiosity chart
· local environment
Our family
Possessions
Things found in
The house
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· list the things found in the house.
· mention the uses of the things found
· identify the things found in the house
· draw the things found in the house
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book
Our lives today sst book 1 page 31
· pictures of the things found in
The house
· real items found in the house,
In the house.
e.g. Radio
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our family
Other things found by the end of this lesson the learners should · state the things owned by the family
Our lives today sst book 1 page 32
Possessions
Our family
Possessions
in our homes and
Their uses
Care of family
Possessions
be able to identify the family possessions in
Their homes and their uses.
By the end of this lesson the learners
Should be able to state ways of caring for
Family possessions.
· draw the things owned by the family
· describe how to take care of things
At home
· ask oral questions on how to take
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· curiosity chart
Our lives today sst book 1 page 33
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· items like buckets, soap, brooms
Care of things at home
etc.
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our family
keeping our home by the end of the lesson the learners
· identify the ways of keeping our
our lives today sst book 1
Possessions
clean and safe
should be able to identify ways of
Keeping their homes clean and safe and
Appreciate the importance of keeping
Their homes clean and safe.
homes clean and safe.
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book
· sweep the class.
pages 34-35
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· implements used to keep our
Home clean, e.g. Pangas, slashers,
· arrange items in the classroom
brooms
Our family
Keeping our home by the end of the lesson the learners
· group activities
Our lives today sst book 1
Possessions
clean and safe
should be able to demonstrate how to
· quiz
pages 34-35
Keep their homes clean and safe.
Our family
Possessions
What the family
Members do to
Earn a living
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify ways in which
Families earn their living.
· identify various jobs that members of
The family can do.
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 36-37
· curiosity chart
Book
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· pictures/drawings of people
Doing various jobs
Our family
Possessions
What the family
Members do to
Earn a living
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify ways in which
Families earn their living.
· identify various jobs that members of
The family can do.
· observe pictures in the pupil’s book
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 36-37
· curiosity chart
· draw family members doing various
Jobs
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· pictures showing members of the
Family doing various jobs
Our school
Name and history
Of the school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· give the name of their school.
· state when the school was started.
· give the name of the school.
· state when the school was started
· listen to a resource person
· recite the history of the school
Our lives today sst book 1 page 38
· school signpost
· resource person, e.g. An old boy
Or girl
· appreciate how the school has
Developed.
· old photographs of the school
Our school
Symbols of the
· identify the school symbols
Our lives today sst book 1 page 39
School and their
Importance
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify at least three
Symbols of their school that make it
· draw the school symbols
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· school uniforms from
Neighbouring schools
Different from the others.
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
symbols of the
School and their
Importance
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the importance of
The symbols of their school.
· state the importance of the school
Symbols
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
our lives today sst book 1 page 39
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· school uniforms from
· sing the school anthem/prayer
neighbouring schools
Our school
Our school
Activities
By the end of the lesson the learners
Shoud be able to mention four activities
They do at school each day.
· mention the activities done in the
School
· demonstrate some of the activities,
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 40-41
· school environment
E.g. Sweeping
· pictures showing various activities
· school timetable
Our school
Our school routine by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the importance of
Doing each of the school activities at the
Right time.
· state the importance of doing each
Activity at the right time
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 40-41
· pictures drawn by the teacher
Our school
Our school
The people in our
School and their
Roles
The people in our
School and their
Roles
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify the different
Groups of people who make the school
Community.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the different
Roles of people who make up the school
· identify various groups of people in
The school community
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· identify various groups of people
That make up the school community
· observe pictures in the pupil’s book.
Our lives today sst book 1 page 42
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· local environment
Our lives today sst book 1 page 42
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· the school
Community.
Our school
Revision
By the end of the term the learners
Should be able to revise the work
· answer oral questions based on the
Work covered
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 18-42
Covered during the term.
· pupils’ drawings
Exam
Revision
The learners should be able to answer
Questions based on the work covered
· write the test.
· revise the test.
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 18-42
During the term.
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies schemes of work for standard one: term three
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
the people in our
School and their
Roles
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify different
Groups of people in the school.
· identify different groups of people in
The school
· state different roles in the school
our lives today sst book 1 page 42
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· school environment
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· role-play
Our school
Our school
Our classroom
Members of our
Class
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify the position
Of their classroom in relation to other
Classrooms.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify different
Members of their class and call at least
· identify the position of the classroom
In relation to other classrooms
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· identify different members of the
Class
· call at least half of the learners by
Our lives today sst book 1 page 43
· pictures in the pupil’s book
Our lives today sst book 1 page 44
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· classroom
Half the learners by their names.
name
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
Our school
Seating
By the end of the lesson the learners
· name the pupils who sit in each group
Our lives today sst book 1 page 44
Arrangement
should be able to name the pupils who sit · draw desk arrangement
· pictures in the pupil’s book
In each group and draw pictures of the
Desk arrangement.
· observe the picture in the pupil’s
Book
· classroom
Our school
Our roles as
By the end of the lesson the learners
· state activities done by class members our lives today sst book 1 page 45
Members of our
should be able to identify the role of their · demonstrate some activities like
Class
class.
sweeping
· arrange books
Our school
Our roles as
Members of our
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· identify class leaders
· state the role of class teachers
Our lives today sst book 1 page 45
· class environment
Class
· identify the role of the class prefect.
· state the role of their class teacher.
Our school
Our class rules
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state five rules that they
Observe in class
· stating the rules that they observe in
Class
· writing and displaying the class rules
Our lives today sst book 1 page 46
· chart showing class rules
· set of rules in the pupil’s book
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
our class rules
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the importance of
· state the reasons for obeying rules
In class
our lives today sst book 1 page 46
· displayed rules
Obeying class rules.
· recite the class rules
Our school
Keeping our
Classroom clean
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· state ways of keeping their class clean.
· state ways of keeping their class
Clean
· demonstrate how to keep the class
Our lives today sst book 1 page 47
· classroom
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· appreciate the importance of keeping
Their class clean.
clean
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
Our school
Our school
Our school
Taking care of
Things in our
Classroom
How to take care
Of things in our
Classroom
The class time-
Table
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able mention five ways in
Which they can help take care of things
In class.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to appreciate the need of
Taking care of things in the classroom.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· identify parts of the timetable.
· state the importance of the class time
· mention the ways in which they help
To take care of things in class
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s book
· identify different items in the
Classroom
· tell why it is necessary to take care
Of things in class
· cover books
· identify parts of the timetable.
· state the importance of the class
Timetable
our lives today sst book 1 page 48
· classroom and items in it.
Our lives today sst book 1 page 48
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· papers
Our lives today sst book 1 page 49
· class timetable
Table.
· appreciate the importance of the class
Timetable.
Safety on
The way to
And from
School
Safety on the
Way to and
From school
different ways of
Going to school
How to use the
Road safely
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· mention ways of going to school and back.
· tell the means used by most learners
To get to the school.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to demonstrate how to
Use the road safely.
· draw the means used to go to school.
· mention different ways of going to
School.
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· demonstrate how to use the road safely
· dramatize safe use of roads and
Scenes of accidents.
Our lives today sst book 1 page 50
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· pupils’ own experiences
Our lives today sst book 1
Pages 51-53
· zebra crossing
for use with our lives today standard one
our lives today: social studies standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
topic
Activities resources remarks
Safety on
The way to
how to use the
Road safely
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state some basic rules
· state the rules that should be
Followed by pedestrians
our lives today sst book 1
Pages 51-53
And from
School
that should be use by pedestrians.
Safety on
The way to
And from
Danger of
Talking to and
Accompanying
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the dangers of
Talking to strangers.
· narrate a story
· observe the pictures in the pupil’s
Book
Our lives today sst book 1 page 54
· pictures in the pupil’s book
School
strangers
Safety on
The way to
And from
School
Danger of
Talking to and
Accompanying
Strangers
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to:
· identify the dangers of accompanying
Strangers.
· identify the dangers of accompanying our lives today sst book 1 page 55
Strangers
· list what to do when confronted by
A stranger
· list what to do when confronted by a
Stranger.
Important
Features on
The way to
Features seen
Along the way
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify important
Features on the way to school.
· list and identify the important
Features on the way to school
· observe the picture in the pupils’
Our lives today sst book 1 page 56
· picture in the pupil’s book
School
book
Important
Features on
The way to
Importance of the
Things we see on
Our way to school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the importance of
The things they see on their way to school
· state the importance of the things
Our lives today sst book 1 page 57
· pictures in the pupil’s book
School
to the people living near them.
Important
Features on
The way to
Importance of the
Things we see on
Our way to school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list the features
Identified on the way to and from school.
· list the features identified on the
Way to and from school
Our lives today sst book 1 page 57
School
Exam
Work covered
During the term
The learners should be able to answer
Questions based on the work covered.
· write the test
· revise the test
Our lives today sst book 1 pages
42-57
· pupils’ drawings and models
for use with our lives today standard one
science in action schemes of work for standard one: term one
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-3
1. Our
Body
parts of our body the learner should be
Able to identify and name
External parts of the hu-
Man body
· touching and naming
The external parts of
The human body
· observing charts on the
Parts of the body
· language song on head,
Shoulder, knees and toes....
· answering oral questions on
Parts of the body
· mirrors
· charts on body parts
· pictures of boys and girls
Science in action
Book 1 pages 2-3
Teacher’s book
Pages 1-2
1-4
parts of the head
the learner should be
Able to:
· name the parts of the
Human head
· compare different
Features of the head
· touching and naming parts
Of the head
· observing and describing
Faces on the mirror
· comparison of hair, eyes,
Ears, noses of different
· mirrors
· charts on parts of the head
· pictures of faces
science in action
Book 1 pages 3–4
Teacher’s book
Pages 2-3
Pupils
· drawing and labelling parts
Of the eye
1-4
Parts of the arm
And the leg
The learner should be able
To name parts of the arm
And the leg
· touching and naming parts
Of the arm and leg
· drawing and labelling parts
Of the arm and leg
· pictures of arms and legs
· charts of parts of the arms
And legs
Science in action
Book 1 pages 4–5
Teacher’s book
Pages 3-4
1-4
2.
Cleaning
The body
Washing hands
And legs
The learner should be able
To observe the procedure
For cleaning various parts
Of the body
· demonstrating how to use
Water and soap to keep hands
And legs clean
· washing legs with water and
· water, soap, clean cloth
· pictures relating to cleanliness
Science in action
Book 1 pages 8–9
Teacher’s book
Pages 5-6
Soap and cleaning between the
Toes
1-4
washing the face
the learner should be
Able to:
· observe the
Procedure for
Cleaning the face
· practice how to wash
His/her face
· observing the cleaning of the
Face with clean towel
· washing the face clean
· demonstrating how to clean
The face correctly
· clean water, basin, soap, face
Towel, clean piece of cloth
science in action
Book 1 page10
Teacher’s book
Page 6
for use with science in action standard one
science in action schemes of work for standard one term 1
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
cleaning the nose the learner should be able
To clean his/her nose properly
And hygienically
· following the correct
Procedure for cleaning
The nose
· clean handkerchief
science in action book
1 page11
Teacher’s book pages
6-7
1-4
1-4
Cleaning hair
Cleaning teeth
The learner should be able to:
· maintain hair by
Combing
· use the correct
Procedure for
Cleaning the hair
The leaner should be able to:
· make a toothbrush
· correctly brush their teeth
Using a simple toothbrush
· observing and using
Different combs to keep
The hair neat
· discussing the correct
Procedure for cleaning
The hair
· washing and combing hair
· making a simple tooth
Brush from a stick
· observing the correct
Procedure for brushing the teeth
· proper cleaning of the teeth
· a set of combs
· pictures of heads with
Clean hair
· mirrors
· charts on cleaning procedure
· clean water in a glass
· sticks
· cardboard
· a knife
science in action book
1 page11
Teacher’s book
Page 7
Science in action book
1 page 12
Teacher’s book pages
7-8
1-4
Cleaning the
Whole body
The learner should be able to
Clean the whole body properly
· demonstrating how to bathe a · baby dolls, charts, clean water,
Baby using a baby doll towel
· following the procedure for
Cleaning the body
Science in action book
1 pages 13-14
Teacher’s book pages
8-9
1-4
1-4
3. Plants
Common plants
Parts of a plant
The learner should be able
To name some plants found
Within their locality
The learner should be able to
Name parts of a plant
· observing plants in the
Neighbourhood
· naming and labelling plants
· displaying plants in a nature
Corner
· collecting plants
· identifying main parts of a plant
· drawing and labelling parts of
Plants
· common plants in the locality
· charts
· chart on parts of a plant
· plants
Science in action book
1 page 16
Teacher’s book pages
10-11
Science in action book
1 page 17
Teacher’s book page
11
1-4
Plants that we eat the learner should be able to
Name some edible plants
· drawing edible parts of plants
· grouping edible plants
· edible fruits, leaves, stems
· pictures of fruits
science in
Action book 1 pages
17-19
teacher’s book pages
11-12
for use with science in action standard one
science in action schemes of work for standard one: term two
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
1-4
1-4
4.
Weather
observing and
Describing
Weather
Observing clouds
Changes in
Weather
the learner should be able
To say when the weather
Is sunny, rainy, windy and
Cloudy
The learner should be able to
Describe different clouds
The learner should be able to
Identify the weather changes
In a day
· describing weather
· drawing clouds at different
Times of the day
· pointing and naming of
Weather symbols
· drawing and colouring clouds
· recording weather charts
· observing clouds
· recording and predicting
Weather
· telling weather effects
· pictures showing different
Weather conditions
· charts of weather symbols
· chart showing weather symbols
· pictures of people & other
Animals & plants in different
Weather
· pictures showing weather
Conditions
· weather charts
science in
Action book 1
Pages 22-23
Teacher’s book
Pages 13-14
Science in action
Book 1 page 23
Teacher’s book
Pages 14-15
Science in
Action book 1
Pages 24-25
Teacher’s book
Page 15
1-4
finding
Direction
the learner should be able to · observing the sky
Tell the difference between left · telling direction
And right, east and west
· weather charts
science in action
Book 1 page 26
Teacher’s book
Page 16
1-4
1-4
1-4
5.
Animals
6. Water
Animals near us
External parts of
Animals
How water is
the learner should be able to:
· undertake nature walk to
Identify animals in different
Habitats
· identify things that are not
Animals
· classify animals
The learner should be able
To identify external parts of
Animals
The learner should be able to
Describe the colour, taste and
Smell of clean water
· nature walk to different
Animal habitats
· distinguishing living things
From non-living things
· sketching and naming
Animals
· distinguishing large from
Small animals
· grouping animals
· naming big and small animals
· identifying parts of animals
· drawing and naming parts of
Animals
· identifying and describing the
Colour, taste and smell of
Water
· pictures and charts, small
Bottles, tins, plastic bags, real
Specimens of animals
· pictures of animals
· clean water, clear glass, sugar,
Salt, coloured bottles
science in
Action book 1
Pages 28-29
Teacher’s book
Pages 17-18
Science in
Action book 1
Pages 30-33
Teacher’s book
Pages 18-19
Science in action
Book 1 page 36
Teacher’s book
Pages 20-21
1-4
Sources of water
The learner should be able to
Name sources of water
· describing different sources of · chart showing water sources
Water
· sample of water from different
Sources
science in action
Book 1 page 37
Teacher’s book
Page 21
for use with science in action standard one
science in action schemes of work for standard one term 2
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
uses of water
the learner should be able to
Identify and describe different
Uses of water
· studying pictures on the
Different uses of water
· explaining domestic and non-
Domestic uses of water
· charts on water uses
· pictures on the various uses of
Water
science in action
Book 1 page 38
Teacher’s book
Page 22
1-4
7. Soil
Playing with soil
The learner should be able to:
· observe different properties
Of soil when mixed with
Water
· make ribbons using soil
· mixing different types of soil
With water and observing
Behaviour
· samples of clay, loam and
Sandy soils & water
Science in action
Book 1 pages
40-41
Teacher’s book pages
23-24
1-4
modelling with
Soil
the learner should be able to
Model various objects using
Wet soil
· making ribbons and modelling · sample of clay, loam and sandy science in
Objects soils & water action book 1
Pages 42-43
Teacher’s book page
24
for use with science in action standard one
science in action schemes of work for standard one: term three
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
8. Food
9. Light
Foods eaten raw
Foods cooked
Before eating
Sources of food
Sources of light
At night
the learner should be able to
Name foods that we eat with-
Out cooking
The learner should be able
To name foods that we cook
Before eating
The learner should be able to
Name foods that we get from
Plants and those that we get
From animals
The learner should be able to:
· name sources of light at
Night
· classify night sources of
Light into those in the house
And those outside the house
· compare the amount of
Light from each source
· identify light sources from
Pictures
· identifying foods from pictures
· naming foods eaten raw
· identifying foods from pictures
· naming foods cooked before
Eating
· identifying foods from pictures
· naming foods obtained
From plants
· naming foods obtained from
Animals
· naming sources of light
At night
· drawing different light sources
· classify light sources by
Location
· comparing and describing
Amount of light from different
Sources
· identify light sources from
· pictures of food eaten raw
· pictures of food cooked before
Eating
· pictures of food sources
· pictures of light sources
· sample of light sources
science in action
Book 1 page 44
Teacher’s book
Pages 25-26
Science in action
Book 1 page 45
Teacher’s book
Page 26
Science in action
Book 1 page 46
Teacher’s book
Pages 26-27
Science in
Action book 1
Pages 48-49
Teacher’s book
Pages 28-29
Pictures
1-4
Sources of light
During the day
the learner should be able to:
· name different sources of
Light during the day
· classify sources of light
During the day into those in
The house and those outside
The house
· naming daytime sources of
Light
· classifying light sources by
Relative location
· identifying light sources from
Pictures
· pictures of light sources
· sample of light sources
science in action
Book 1 page 49
Teacher’s book
Page 29
· identify light sources from
Pictures
1-4
Day and night
The learner should be able to:
· describe the difference
Between day and night
· classify day and night
Activities of people and
Other animals
· compare the duration of
Day and night
· describing the difference
Between day and night
· describing day and night
Activities of people and other
Animals
· discussing the duration of
Day and night
· charts and pictures
Science in action
Book 1 page 50
Teacher’s book
Page 29
for use with science in action standard one
science in action schemes of work for standard one term 3
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
1-4
1-4
10.
Sound
11. Air
sources of
Sound
Making sound
Air around us
the learner should be able to
Identify sources of sound
The learner should be able
To make sounds of different
Animals and objects
The learner should be able to:
· feel the presence of air
Around them
· observe the evidence of air
· listen to sound from different
Sources
· describing sounds and
Naming sources
· telling direction and source
Of sound
· producing sounds using
Different objects
· listening and predicting
Sound through sound games
· waving hand freely
· waving paper as fan
· making wind
· observing smoke
· blowing through water
· breathing exercise and feeling
Air. Blowing up balloons,
Bladders and tubes
· observing the effect of
Punctured inflated balloons
And tubes
· observing the pressure effect
When tubes or balloons are
Inflated to maximum capacity
· recorded sounds from a
Variety of sources
· picture of sound sources
· an assortment of sound
Producing objects like drums,
Whistles, bells, shakers
· a variety of sound sources
[both live and recorded]
· pictures and charts, paper fan,
Sources of smoke, straws,
Plastic bags & balloons, air
Pump
science in action
Book 1 page 52
Teacher’s book page
30
Science in action
Book 1 page 53
Teacher’s book page
31
Science in action
Book 1 page 56
Teacher’s book pages
32-33
1-4
Moving air
the learner should be able to
Make a propeller from simple
Materials
· defining wind
· observing the swaying of
Things in wind
· describing pictures of wind effect
· making a simple fan
· constructing a propeller
science in
· paper, pictures, flags, cloths on action book 1 pages
Line, soap, straws. Materials for 57-59
Making a simple propeller teacher’s book pages
33-34
1-2
3-4
1-2
12.
Wheels
Objects with
Wheels
Making wheels
Using wheels
the learner should be able to
Identify different objects with
Wheels
The learner should be able to
Use different simple
Materials to make wheels
The learner should be able to
Construct models of objects
With wheels
· constructing wheels
· identifying objects with wheels
· explaining the use of wheels
· constructing wheels
· comparing large and small wheels
· constructing wheels
· making models of cars, wheel
Burrows and lorries
· pictures of things with wheels,
Toy cars, materials for making
Simple wheels
· pictures of things with wheels,
Toy cars, materials for making
Simple wheels
· materials for making wheels
And models
science in action
Book 1 page 60
Teacher’s book pages
35-36
Science in action
Book 1 page 61
Teacher’s book page 36
Science in action
Book 1 pages 61-62
Teacher’s book pages
36-37
3-4 revision
for use with science in action standard one
living in christ standard one schemes of work: term one
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
2
1
2
1
1. Myself
my name
Parts of the
Body
Functions of
The parts of
The body
Care of parts
Of the body
My thoughts
And feelings
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell his/her name
2. Thank god for creating
Him/her
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention parts of his/her body
2. Appreciate parts of his/her body
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention parts of his/her body
And their functions
2. Appreciate parts of his/her
Body
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how he/she cares for the
Parts of the body
2. Appreciate parts of his/her
Body
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Describe an occasion he/she
Was very happy
2. Thank god for creating
· scripture reading
· explanation
· story telling
· demonstration
· dramatization
· questions and answers
· questions and answers
· scripture reading
· explanation
· demonstration
· scripture reading
· explanation
· demonstration
· singing
· role play
· drawing
· questions and answers
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· memorization
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 3:1-21
· chalkboard
· chart
· the good news bible:
1 corinthians 12:12-26
· chalkboard
· the good news bible:
James 3:6-10
· chalkboard
· charts
· the good news bible:
Matthew 9:27-33;
Mark 1:29-31; acts 3:1-10
· chalkboard
· charts
· the good news bible:
Psalms 35:28; 94:9-11
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 2
· teacher’s guide
Page 1
· pupil’s book
Page 3
· teacher’s guide
Pages 2-3
· pupil’s book
Page 4
· teacher’s guide
Pages 3-4
· pupil’s book
Page 6
· teacher’s guide
Pages 5-6
· pupil’s book
Page 7
· teacher’s guide
Pages 7-8
Him/her
2
2. My
Family
members of
My family
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention members of his/her
Family
2. Thank god for giving him/her
A family
· scripture reading
· discussion
· explanation
· questions and answers
· drawing
· prayer
· the good news bible:
Exodus 20:2;
Genesis 37:3-5; 12-14;
25-28
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Pages 8-12
· teacher’s guide
Pages 8-9
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
how i relate
To members of
My family
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how he/she relates to
Members of his/her family
2. Respect members of his/her
Family
· scripture reading
· explanation
· narration
· prayer
· memorization
· the good news bible:
1 john 3:18; exodus 20:12;
Ephesians 6:1-3;
Genesis 45:1-4; 12-15
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 13
· teacher’s guide
Pages 11-12
2
3. The
Holy
Bible
God’s written
Message
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify the bible from
Other books
2. Respect the bible as the word
· scripture reading
· explanation
· demonstration
· drawing
· singing
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 3:1-4;
2 timothy 3:16-17
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 14-15
· teacher’s guide
Pages 14-15
Of god
1
The bible: a
Guide in our
Lives
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Say a memory verse from
The bible
2. Respect the bible as the word
Of god
· scripture reading
· explanation
· demonstration
· drawing
· singing
· scripture reading
· the good news bible:
Psalms 119:105;
Matthews 22:37-40
· chalkboard
· charts
· real objects: torch candle,
Ball of wool, matchbox,
· pupil’s book
Page 16
· teacher’s guide
Pages 15-16
Piece of cloth
2
Handling the
Bible
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to
1. Give ways of caring for the
Bible
2. Handle the bible with care
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· recitation
· memorization
· the good news bible:
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 17
· teacher’s guide
Pages 16-17
1
2
4. God’s
Love for
Us
Jesus as god’s
Greatest gift
Giving gifts to
Others
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention gifts he/she receives
From god
2. Thank god for the gifts he
Has given him/her
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name the gifts he/she gives to
Others
2. Share gifts with others
· scripture reading
· explanation
· narration
· questions and answers
· drawing
· prayer
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· demonstration
· role play
· prayer
· the good news bible:
John 3:16; isaiah 9:6-7;
Matthew 1:18-24
· chalkboard
· charts
· the good news bible:
Ephesians 4:31-32;
2 corinthians 9: 7;
James 3:6-10
· chalkboard
· charts
· real objects: gifts
· pupil’s book
Page 18
· teacher’s guide
Pages 17-18
· pupil’s book
Page 19
· teacher’s guide
Pages 18-19
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
importance of
Christmas
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the importance of
Christmas
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· the good news bible:
Luke 1:26-28; 2:1-20
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 21
· teacher’s guide
Page 21
2. Thank god for the gift of
Jesus christ
· singing
· prayer
2
visit of the
Wise men
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the visit of
The wise men to the baby
Jesus christ
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· role play
· the good news bible:
Matthew 2:1-12
· chalkboard
· charts
· real objects: gifts
· pupil’s book
Page 22
· teacher’s guide
Pages 22-23
2. Desire to worship god like
The wise men
· singing
1
accepting gifts
From others
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention ways of accepting
Gifts from others
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· demonstration
· the good news bible:
Psalms 112:9
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 20
· teacher’s guide
Pages 19-20
2. Exercise caution when
Receiving gifts from others
· singing
1
5. Thank-
Fulness
the holidays
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
· scripture reading
· explanation
· the good news bible:
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 24
1. Describe how he/she spent
The holidays
2. Appreciate the importance
Of holidays
· questions and answers
· singing
· memorization
· teacher’s guide
Page 23-24
2
hannah shows
Gratitude
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how hannah showed
· scripture reading
· explanation
· story telling
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 2:18-21, 26
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 25
· teacher’s guide
Gratitude to god
2. Thank god for his gifts
· role play
· singing
pages 24-25
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one schemes of work: term two
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
showing
Gratitude for
God’s gift
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how hannah showed
Gratitude to god
2. Thank god for his gifts
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· storytelling
· memorization
· the good news bible:
Ephesians 5:20;
2 corinthians 9:15
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
· teacher’s guide
2
6. Prayer
the lord’s
Prayer
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Recite the lord’s prayer
2. Desire to say the lord’s
Prayer always
· scripture reading
· explanation
· prayer
· recitation
· memorization
· the good news bible:
Matthew 6:9-13; 7:7-11;
Psalms 32:8; 34:4; 1
Thess 5:16-17
1 john 3:22; luke 18:1
· pupil’s book
Page 26
· teacher’s guide
Pages 25-26
· chalkboard
1
2
1
2
7. Obedi-
Ence
meaning of
Obedience
Jesus christ
Obeyed
Honouring
Parents
Rules at home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the meaning of
Obedience
2. Obey rules
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State occasions when jesus
Christ obeyed his parents
2. Be ready to obey his/her
Parents
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention occasions when
He/she has obeyed and
Disobeyed his/her parents
2. Be ready to obey his/her
Parents
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the rules at home
2. Obey rules at home
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· demonstration
· memorization
· scripture reading
· explanation
· story telling
· drawing
· singing
· demonstration
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· role play
· recitation
· scripture reading
· explanation
· recitation
· role play
· singing
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 16:19-22,
Psalms 128:1
· chalkboard
· the good news bible:
John 4:34;
Luke 2:51-52;
Hebrews 5:8-9
· chalkboard
· charts
· the good news bible:
Exodus 20:12;
Ephesians 6:1-3;
Colossians 3:20
· chalkboard
· the good news bible:
Romans 13:1
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 30
· teacher’s guide
Pages 29-30
· pupil’s book
Page 31
· teacher’s guide
Pages 30-31
· pupil’s book
Page 32
· teacher’s guide
Pages 31-32
· pupil’s book
Page 33
· teacher’s guide
Pages 32-33
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
rules at school
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the rules at school
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Romans 13:1
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 33
· teacher’s guide
2. Obey rules at school
· prayer
pages 33-34
Obedience at
by the end of the lesson the
· scripture reading
· the good news bible:
· pupil’s book
2
school
learner should be able to:
1. State the rules at school
· explanation
· questions and answers
titus 3:1, proverbs 23:12
· chalkboard
page 33
· teacher’s guide
2. Obey rules at school
· prayer
· recitation
pages 33-34
1
8. Work
activities of
Jesus christ
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State some activities that
Jesus carried out
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· drawing
· the good news bible:
John 5:17; 17:4;
Matthew 5:13:53-58
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 34
· teacher’s guide
Pages 34-35
2. Desire to follow the example
Of jesus as a worker
· miming
· charts
2
duties of a
Child at home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention duties a child can
Do at home
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· the good news bible:
Exodus 2:16-19;
Genesis 37:12-14
· real objects
· pupil’s book
Page 35
· teacher’s guide
Page 36
2. Enjoy working
· memorization
· chalkboard
· charts
1
duties of a
Child at school
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention some duties a
Child does at school
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· working outside the class
· the good news bible:
Daniel 1:3-4,
Proverbs 23:12, acts 7:22
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 36
· teacher’s guide
Pages 37-38
2. Enjoy working
· singing
1
Being a
Faithful
Servant
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. List the things that the
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Matthew 25:14-30
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 37
· teacher’s guide
Faithful servant did
2. Desire to follow the example
· role play
· singing
pages 38-39
Of christ as a worker
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
9. Jesus
Christ
The son
the early life
Of jesus christ
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the activities jesus did
· scripture reading
· questions and answers
· explanation
· the good news bible:
Luke 4:38-40
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 38
· teacher’s guide
Of god
at home
2. Desire to be a follower of
· miming
· prayer
pages 39-40
Christ
1
jesus at the
Temple
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State what happened when
· scripture reading
· questions and answers
· explanation
· the good news bible:
Luke 2:41-51
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 38
· teacher’s guide
Jesus visited the temple
2. Desire to be a follower of
Christ
· miming
· prayer
· drawing
pages 39-40
2
public min-
Istry of jesus
Christ
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name the first four followers
Of jesus christ
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· prayer
· the good news bible:
Matthew 3:13-17,
John 1:35-42,
Matthew 4:18-22,
· pupil’s book
Page 39
· teacher’s guide
Pages 40-41
2. Desire to be a follower of
Christ
luke 5:1-11
· chalkboard
1
choosing the
Twelve
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention why jesus chose the
Twelve disciples
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· the good news bible:
Mark 3:13; matthew 9:9-13;
John 1:43-50; luke 6:12-13
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Pages 40-41
· teacher’s guide
Pages 41-43
2. Desire to be a follower of
Christ
· storytelling
· singing
· pictures of friends
2
jesus visits a
Home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of how jesus
Christ visited the home of
· scripture reading
· questions and answers
· miming
· explanation
· the good news bible:
Luke 4:38-40
· charts
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 42
· teacher’s guide
Pages 43-44
Simon peter’s mother in law
2. Desire to be a follower of
Christ
· singing
1
jesus christ
Prays
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention an occasion when
Jesus prayed
· questions and answers
· scripture reading
· explanation
· role play
· the good news bible:
Mark 1:35-39;
Luke 22:39-46
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 43
· teacher’s guide
Pages 44-45
2. Desire to be a follower of
Jesus christ
· drawing
· prayer
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one schemes of work: term three
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
jesus christ
Forgives
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
· scripture reading
· explanation
· the good news bible:
Mark 2:1-12, matthew 6:12
· pupil’s book
· teachers guide
1. Tell the story of jesus healing
A paralysed man
2. Desire to be a follower of
Christ
· discussion
· storytelling
· miming
· prayer
· chalkboard
1
10. Accep-
Tance and
Trust
visitors to our
Home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name the people who visit
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Hebrews 13:1-2
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Pages 44-45
· teacher’s guide
His/her home
· role play
· charts
pages 45-46
2. Be ready to welcome visitors
2
Differences
And similari-
Ties in family
Members
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the similarities and
Differences of family
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· drawing
· the good news bible:
1 corinthians 12:4-26,
Philippians 2:1-5;
Matthew 7:12
· pupil’s book
Page 46
· teacher’s guide
Page 47
Members
2. Accept all members of his/her
Family
· singing
· chalkboard
1
accepting
Members of
My family
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State why he/she trusts
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible
Philippians 4:13
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 47
· teacher’s guide
His/her family members
2. Desire to be trusted by his/her
Family members
· drawing
· singing
· prayer
page 48
2
Being trusted
By others
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Say who he/she trusts at
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Deuteronomy 10:20
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 48
· teacher’s guide
Home and at school
2. Desire to be trusted by others
· narration
· singing
pages 49-50
1
trusting god
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give reasons why he/she
Trusts god
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· memorization
· the good news bible:
2 corinthians 1:9b;
Psalms 40:3-5, 118:8-9
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 49
· teacher’s guide
Pages 50-51
2. Trust in god
· prayer
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
11. Con-
Cern and
Sharing
sharing
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention things that he/she
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Acts 4:32-35, 20:35;
James 2:14-17
· pupil’s book
Page 50
· teacher’s guide
Can share
· singing
· chalkboard
pages 51-52
2. Share with others willingly
1
The little boy
Who shared his
Food
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how the little boy
Shared his lunch
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
John 6:8-13
· real objects e.g. Bread,
Water
· pupil’s book
Page 51
· teacher’s guide
Pages 52-53
2. Share with others willingly
· miming
· quizzes
· demonstration
· chalkboard
2
the story of
Tabitha
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of tabitha
2. Share with others willingly
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Acts 9:36-42
· charts
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 52
· teacher’s guide
Pages 53-54
· role play
1
healing of
Jairus’
Daughter
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how jesus responded to
People’s needs
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· prayers
· the good news bible:
Luke 8:40-42
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 53
· teacher’s guide
Pages 54-55
2. Imitate jesus concern for the
Needy
2
12.
Friend-
Ship
names of my
Friends
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name his/her friends
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 54
· teacher’s guide
2. Thank god for his/her friends
· singing
· drawing
pages 55-56
1
my friends at
School and at
Home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. List the things that he/she
Does with friends
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· prayer
· the good news bible:
Luke 11:5-8, job 6:14
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Pages 55-56
· teacher’s guide
Pages 56-58
2. Thank god for his/her friends
· role play
· narration
for use with living in christ standard one
living in christ standard one
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
people at
Home as
Friends
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention people at home who
Are his/her friends
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Genesis 45: 1-15
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 56
· teacher’s guide
Pages 57-58
2. Thank god for his/her friends
· prayer
· miming
1
god as our
Friend
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention ways in which she/
He can become friends
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· the good news bible:
James 2:23b john 15:13-15,
1 john 5:1-5,
Psalms 25:14
· pupil’s book
Page 57
· teacher’s guide
Pages 58-59
With god
2. Rejoice in god’s friendship
· role play
· chalkboard
· charts
2
13. Jesus
Christ
The son
Of god
meaning of
Easter
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State the meaning of easter
2. Recite the memory verse
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· quizzes
· the good news bible:
Luke 22:14-20
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 58
· teacher’s guide
Pages 59-60
‘jesus died for us’
· singing
· recitation
1
jesus christ
A friend of
Children
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify jesus christ as a
Friend of little children
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· memorization
· the good news bible:
Matthew 19:13-15,
John 15:14
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 59
· teacher’s guide
Pages 59-60
2. Desire to be a friend of jesus
Christ
· narration
· charts
2
death and
Resurrection of
Jesus
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Repeat the memory verse
‘jesus died for us’
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· drawing
· the good news bible:
Mark 15:33-47; 16:1-8
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Pages 60-61
· teacher’s guide
Pages 62-63
2. Desire to be a friend of jesus
· recitation
· memorization
for use with living in christ standard one
new progressive primary english schemes of work for standard two: term one
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1
revision learners should be able to revise
· revising previous term’s exam
Papers.
· recording important points.
nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 1
2-3 learners should be able to:
Work · practise simple greetings, e.g. Good
Morning/afternoon/evening/night.
· construct correct sentences using
The patterns: how are you? I am
fine, thank you; what is your/her/his
Name? My name is ...; where do you
Live/go to school? I live in ...; how
Old are you? I am ..., e.g. I am seven
Years old.
· practise simple greetings in groups
And in pairs.
· demonstrate given instructions and
Action, e.g. Waving.
· pronounce new words.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· chant a poem about greetings.
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 2 – 7
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 1-5
4
reading
learners should be able to read
fluently and accurately the greetings
In and outside the classroom in the
Given conversations and answer oral
Questions.
· talk about kadogo, wambui and
Kola.
· pupils to talk about their first day in
School.
· read aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· talk about the pictures in the have
pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 2 – 5
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 2-3
Fun section.
5
1-2
writing
Oral
Work
learners should be able to:
· copy correct sentences in their
Exercise books.
· write down letters of the alphabet
Neatly and legibly.
Learners should be able to:
· revise simple greetings, e.g. Good
Morning/afternoon/evening/night.
· construct correct sentences using
Polite language, e.g. Excuse me, may
I …?, thank you, please, sorry, i beg
Your pardon;
· construct correct sentences using
· copying sentences.
· writing the letters of the alphabet.
· writing the answers to the
Comprehension extracts.
· revise greetings.
· practise use of polite language.
· mime and demonstrate given
Actions.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· chart showing letters of
The alphabet
· sentences in the pupil’s
Book
· books, pencils, toys,
Ruler, rubber
· real banana or a
Picture of a banana
· pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 5 – 7
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 3-5
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 8 – 10
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 5-8
what/how/ questions.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· read the passage in the have
Fun section for comprehension
Enjoyment.
· revise the expressions, e.g. Excuse
Me, etc.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book in groups.
Read the passage aloud in groups and
In pairs.
· demonstrate and explain difficult
Words.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· act out the story in the have fun
Section.
pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 8 – 9
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 6-8
Writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Given questions.
· copy given words neatly and legibly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· write down correct answers to given
Questions.
· copy words.
· draw pictures of the sun rising and
words in the pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 9 – 11
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 7-9
Setting.
1-3
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns.
· this/that is…. , e.g. This/that
Is a book.
· same/different, e.g. The shirts
Are the same colour.
· good at + verb, e.g. She is
Good at drawing.
· talk about the school compound
(environment).
· discuss the picture in the pupil’s
Book.
· demonstrate given actions.
· pronounce new words, e.g. Climb.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· objects or pictures of
Purple, grey, orange,
Pink, brown and red
Colours
· a plastic bag
· flowers
· twigs and tree branches
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 12 – 15
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 9-14
4 pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
Items learnt in the previous lessons. 2, pp. 12 – 15
Passage, a walk in the park, and · talk about ‘a walk in a forest or
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 11-13
In the have fun section for read the passage silently.
Enjoyment. · ask and answer oral questions.
· play the given game.
· sing/chant the given song.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
5 writing learners should be able to:
· draw and colour flowers.
· copy sentences correctly.
· write down correct answers to the
Given questions.
· draw and colour flowers.
· copy sentences.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· write down correct answers.
· coloured pencils or
Crayons
· sentences in the pupil’s
Book
· picture in the pupil’s
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 13 – 15
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 12-14
Book
1-3 · discuss about school in general.
Work correct sentences using the following
Patterns:
· anything/something/nothing/ school.
Anybody/ somebody/nobody, e.g.
Is there anything in the room?
Yes, there is something in the
Room.
· how questions, e.g. How old are
You? I am seven years old.
· show me, e.g. Show me a ruler.
This is a ruler.
· sharpener, ruler, pieces
Of chalk, empty bottle,
Bottle tops, a cup, a
School bag
· pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 16 – 20
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 14-21
4
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, at school,
fluently and accurately and answer
Comprehension or oral questions.
· discuss the pictures in the have
Fun section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt in the
Previous lesson.
· discuss the pictures in the reading
Passage.
· read the passage aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 16 – 17
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 16-19
· discuss the pictures in the have
Fun section.
5
Writing learners should be able to:
· write correct answers to the
Given questions.
· copy given sentences accurately
And legibly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· write down answers.
· copy given sentences.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 17 – 21
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 17-19
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the pattern:
How many …?, e.g. How many pupils
Are there in the school? There are six
Hundred pupils.
· repeat a chant as they demonstrate
Given actions.
· revise numbers 1 – 99.
· play the given game.
· read different numbers.
sticks, coins, pieces of
Paper with numbers, bottle
Tops, stores, fruit
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 22 – 24
Nppe teacher’s
Book, pp. 20-23
· ask and answer oral questions.
3-4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· chant the given song for
Enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt previously.
· talk about a visit to a market.
· read the story aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· dramatize the song.
pictures of animals, e.g.
Zebra, lion, chimpanzee,
Tortoise
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 22 – 25
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 21-23
5
writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Given questions.
· copy the given sentences neatly
And correctly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· write down answers.
· copy sentences.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 23 – 25
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 22-23
1-5
revision learners should be able to revise work
And covered between weeks 1 – 5 and
Testing answer the set questions.
· ask and answer oral questions for
Clarification.
· pupils to write down correct answers
pencils and other writing
Materials, e.g. Answer sheet
nppe teacher’s and
Pupil’s books 2,
Units 1 - 5
To the set questions.
1-2
Oral
Work
Learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the patterns:
· more than/fewer than, e.g. There
Are more windows than doors in
The classroom.
· more than/less than, e.g. There
Is less sugar in the bowl than in the
Cup.
· show pupils different objects.
· pupils to count them.
· study pictures in the pupil’s book
And construct correct sentences.
· revise numbers 100 – 999.
· demonstrate given instructions.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Pencils, pens, beads,
Marbles, books, jugs, two
Bottles with different
Amounts of water, etc
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 26 – 28
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 24-26
· show me, e.g. Show me the box
With the fewer pieces of chalk.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
3
reading
learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· sing/chant the given song in the
Have fun section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt previously.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· read the passage aloud.
· sing/chant the song.
· pictures in the pupil’s
Book
· song in the pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 26 – 27
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 25-26
· do the actions as they chant/sing the
Song.
4
5
writing
Library
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions asked.
· copy the figures, words and
Sentences accurately and neatly.
Learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record the correct answers.
· copy the figures, words and
Sentences.
· reading silently
· asking and answering oral questions.
figures, words and
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Storybook
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 27 – 29
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 26-27
Nppe pupil’s book
2, p. 29
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 27
The big big town,
Oup, nairobi
1-3
Oral
Work
learners should be able to:
· construct correct sentences using
The following patterns: quarter to
And quarter past, e.g. It is quarter
To/past eight; adverbs of time,
E.g. In the morning/afternoon/
Evening, at night. For example,
· draw clock faces.
· revise how to tell time.
· study the clock face in the pupil’s
Book and let the pupils tell the time.
· explain and pronounce new words.
· discuss what happens at different
· pictures of clock faces
· wall clock
· an orange
· watch
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 30 – 32
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 28-31
My father went to work this
Morning; for with time phrases,
E.g. He worked for five hours.
· pronounce and construct correct
times, e.g. Of the day, week, etc.
· ask and answer oral questions.
sentences using new words,
E.g. Breakfast, lunch, supper,
Bedtime, etc.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt earlier.
· calculate time taken to do various
Activities from the table in the
Pupil’s book.
· read the passage aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· discuss the picture in the pupil’s
pictures in the pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 30 – 33
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 29-31
Book.
5
writing learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy the names of the months of
The year accurately and neatly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record correct answers.
· copy the names of the months of
The year.
months of the year in the
Pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 31 –33
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 30-31
1-3
oral
Work
learners should be able to:
· construct correct sentences using the
Following patterns: time phrases with
Quarter to/past, e.g. The time is half
Past five; adverbs of time, e.g. After-
Noon. Tomorrow, last night, today,
E.g. I did my homework last night.
· contrast of present perfect and
· recite the given poem.
· point out the words.
· revise time phrases and adverbs of
Time.
· explain and pronounce new words,
E.g. Early, late and dawn.
· ask and answer oral questions.
real calendar, wall clock
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 34 – 36
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 32-34
Plain past, e.g. Have you done
Your homework? Yes, i have. I did it
Last night.
4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently and
Accurately and answer oral questions.
· discuss the pictures in the have
Fun section for enjoyment.
· revise meanings of new words learnt pictures in the pupil’s
Previously. Book
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· read the passage aloud.
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 34 – 35
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 33
5
writing learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Given questions.
· draw the clock faces given and
Write the times indicated neatly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· discuss the pictures.
· ask and answer oral questions
· write down the correct answers.
· draw the clock faces and indicate the
Time.
pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 35 – 37
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 33-34
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to
Construct correct sentences using
The following patterns: where
Questions with plain past, e.g.
Where is the duster? It is on the
Table; use of the past continuous
Tense in the questions on
Position, e.g. Where does she keep
· play the hide-and-seek game.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· teach new words through
Demonstration.
· pronounce new words.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· a table, chair nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 38 – 41
Chalk, duster, ruler,
Pencil, sharpener picture nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 35-38
Her keys? Under the bed.
3
4
5
Reading
Writing
Library
Learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· read the poem in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
Learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to
The questions given.
· copy the given sentences
Accurately and neatly.
Learners should be able to read
The story fluently and accurately
For comprehension and enjoyment.
· revise new words.
· discuss pictures in the reading
Passage.
· read the passage aloud.
· read the poem aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record answers.
· copying sentences.
· read silently.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· retell the story.
pictures in the pupil’s
Book
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Storybook
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 38 – 42
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 36-38
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 40 – 42
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 37-38
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 43
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 38
Sipoi and the ogre,
Oup, nairobi
Revision
& testing/
Exami-
Nation
Learners should be able to revise
And answer questions set from the
Work covered in term one.
· revise the work covered.
· ask and answer questions for
Clarification.
· writing the test.
· test items/questions
· writing materials, e.g.
Pens, pencils and answer
Sheets
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 2
Units 1 - 10
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english schemes of work for standard two: term two
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1
revision
learners should be able to revise
Work covered in term one
· asking and answering oral questions. Past exam paper
· revising term on exam paper.
· noting down important points.
nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 2
2-3
oral
Work
learners should be able to:
· construct correct sentences using the
Following patterns: use of where’s?,
E.g. Where’s the rope? It is under the
Table; the past continuous tense with
Questions on position, e.g. Where
· listening to and acting according to
Given commands in pairs.
· explaining and pronouncing new
Words.
· asking and answering oral questions.
· instruction cards
· pictures of a car, lorry,
Gate, window, bicycle
· drawing of a homestead
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 46-48
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 42-43
Was musa sitting during the p.e.
Lesson? He was sitting under a tree.
· pronounce new words correctly,
E.g. Sunrise, direction, etc.
4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, the road to
Cherangani, clearly and fluently
And answer oral questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise new words taught previously.
· talk about a long journey they had
Gone on.
· talk about the picture in the pupil’s
Book. Read the story aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· read aloud the story in the have fun
pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 46-49
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 42-44
Section.
· retell the story.
5
1-2
writing
Oral
Work
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy sentences correctly, legibly
And neatly.
Learners should be able to:
· construct correct sentences using the
Following patterns: questions with
What and for expressing purpose,
E.g.what is this for? It is for combing
Hair; who questions, e.g. Who is
Holding a spoon?
· pronounce and make correct
Sentences using new words, e.g.
Brush, broom, bucket.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record correct answers.
· copy sentences.
· talking about things found in the
Home and their uses.
· demonstrating activities, e.g.
Sweeping, washing etc.
· explaining and pronounce new
Words.
· asking and answering oral questions.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Cups, spoons, crayons,
Comb, plate, soap, brush,
Jiko, basin candles, etc.
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 47-49
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 43-44
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 50 – 52
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 45-47
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
3
reading
learners should be able to:
· read the passage, aunt chao’s
Home, fluently and accurately and
Answer oral questions.
· read and recite the given poem
Aloud for enjoyment.
· revise the new words learnt earlier.
· talking about a visit the pupils made
To another home.
· drawing a simple picture of a jiko
And a lamp on the chalkboard.
· discuss in groups the illustrations
picture of a jiko and lamp
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 50 – 53
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 46-48
Given and identify the items shown.
· read the passage aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
4
writing
learners should be able to:
· write down the correct answers to
The questions given.
· copy given sentences neatly, legibly
· ask and answer oral question.
· write down correct answers.
· copy the sentences.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 51 – 52
Nppe teacher’s
And correctly.
book 2, pp. 46-48
5
library
learners should be able to read the
Stor y fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral questions.
· retelling the story.
storybook
nppe pupil’s book
2, p. 53
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 48
Sorry mother,
Oup, nairobi.
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
Patterns. Question tags what and for,
E.g. What is this? It is a hoe. What is
It for? It is for digging; adjectives to
Describe objects, e.g. This bed is
Neat.
· discussing the pictures in the pupil’s water, plates, cups, buckets, nppe pupil’s book
Book. Radio, pot, hoe, shoes, sack, 2, pp. 54 – 57
Onion, pair of scissors, or
Pictures of these objects nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 49-51
What is it for?
· asking and answering oral questions.
3-4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the given passage fluently
And accurately and answer the oral
Questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt.
· talk about activities pupils and other
Family members do at home.
· reading the passage aloud.
· read aloud the story in the have
Fun section.
pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 54 – 57
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 50-51
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
5 writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to
The questions given.
· copy the given sentences neatly.
· discuss pictures of household
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record correct answers.
· copy the given sentences.
· draw pictures and name them.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 55 – 57
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 50-51
Objects.
1-3
oral
Work
learners should be able to
Construct correct sentences using
The following patterns:
· use of or, e.g. Meli or koki can
Clean the blackboard
· use of want to, e.g. Kibinga
Wants to eat.
· the plural of irregular forms,
· discussing the picture in the pupil’s · fruits, vegetables, spices, nppe pupil’s book
Book and about fruits. Currency of different 2, pp. 58 – 62
Denominations
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 52-56
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
E.g. Man – men, child - children.
· use of good at, e.g. Kandile is
Good at singing.
4
reading
learners should be able to:
· revise new vocabularly items.
picture in the pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s book
· read the passage at the market,
fluently and accurately and
Answer oral questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· talk about prices of items at the
Market.
· read aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
2, pp. 58 – 63
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 54-56
5
Writing
Learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions set.
· re-order jumbled sentences
Correctly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· write down correct answers.
· copy sentences.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 59 – 63.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 54-56
· write down correct sentences from
A substitution table.
· copy sentences correctly and
Legibly.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-3
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
Patterns:
· this is/these are, e.g. This is my
Mouth/these are my ears.
· show me, e.g. Show me your chin.
· touch your…, e.g. Touch your head.
· how many…, e.g. How many
Ankles do you have?
· touching and naming different
Parts of the body.
· revise new words, e.g. Chest, knee,
Heel, etc.
· pronounce new words.
· revise language patterns, e.g. This
Is/ these are and show me…. And
How many?
· ask and answer oral questions.
pictures to introduce parts
Of the body
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 64 – 67
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 58-61
4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the poem fluently and accurately
And answer oral questions
· perform the song in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt.
· sing the song: head, shoulders,
Knees and toes.
· read the poem aloud.
· touch parts of the body mentioned.
· talk about the rhyming words.
· ask and answer oral questions.
song in the pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 64 – 67
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 59-61
5
writing
learners should be able to:
· write correct answers to the questions
Given.
· copy the given sentences legibly,
Correctly and neatly.
· draw the picture of a person and label
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· recording answers.
· copying sentences.
· drawing the picture.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 65 – 67
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 59-61
Body parts.
1-5
revision learners should be able to revise
And work covered between weeks one
Testing and five and answer questions set.
· asking questions for clarification.
· writing the test.
· pencils, crayons
· answer sheets
· test items/questions
nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 2,
Units 11 - 15
1-2
Oral
Work
Learners should be able to:
· construct correct sentences using the
Following patterns: why questions and
Answers with because, e.g. Why is the
Boy crying? The boy is crying because he
Is hungry; adjectives to describe objects.
· pronounce and construct correct sentences
· describe the picture in the
Pupil’s book.
· discuss the picture.
· explain the new words.
· pronounce the new words.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Picture of people at a
Clinic/hospital, basin, towel,
Bandage, toothbrush, tooth
Paste, soap
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 68 – 70.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 61-64
using new words, e.g. Compound, basin,
Injection, medicine.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
3-4
reading
learners should be able to:
· read the passage, dr. Abdi’s
Clinic, fluently and accurately
And answer oral questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt earlier.
· ask pupils if they have ever hurt/cut
Themselves, and what they did about
It.
· read the story aloud and in turns.
· ask and answer oral questions.
story in the pupil’s book
nppe pupil’s book 2,
Pp. 68 – 71
Nppeteacher’s book
Pp. 63 – 64
5
1-2
Writing
Oral
Work
Learners should be able to:
· write correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy the given sentences legibly,
Correctly and neatly.
Learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
Going to …, e.g. Kendi is going to
Cut her hair tomorrow.
· asking and answering oral questions. Sentences in the pupil’s
· writing down correct answers. Book
· copying sentences.
· describing the pictures in the pupil’s comb, basin, brush,
Book. Toothbrush, soap, towel,
Nail
They brush their teeth etc.
· talk about future activities.
Nppe pupil’s book 2,
Pp. 69 – 71
Nppeteacher’s book
2, pp. 63-64
Nppe pupils book
2, pp. 72-74
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 65 – 67
· asking and answering oral questions.
3-4
reading learners should be able to:
· read the conversation fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· discuss the given pictures in the
· revise new words learnt.
· pupils to discuss what they do when
They get dirty.
· read the play in groups and
Continue swapping roles.
pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 72 – 75
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 66-68
Have fun section and sing the
Song or chant it for enjoyment.
· ask and answer oral questions.
5 · ask and answer oral questions.
· write down correct answers to the · record correct answers.
Given questions.
· complete the crossword puzzle.
· copy given sentences accurately,
· sentences in the pupil’s nppe pupil’s book
Book 2, pp. 73 – 75
· crossword puzzle
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 66-68
legibly and neatly.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
Patterns.
· adverbs, e.g. Slowly, politely,
Quickly.
· use of a /an.
· talking about travel.
· discuss about the picture.
· explaining new words and
Demonstrating certain actions.
· pronouncing new words.
· asking and answering oral questions.
· toys or pictures of cars,
Buses, boats, camels,
Aeroplanes, bicycles, train
· picture of a bus station
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 76 – 79
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 69-71
3-4
Reading
Learners should be able to:
· read the passage, juma goes to
Mombasa, fluently and accurately
And answer oral questions.
· sing the song in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt in the
Previous lesson.
· talk about means of travel and how
The pupils travel to school.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 76 – 79
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 70-72
· read the passage aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· sing the given song while clapping.
5
writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· draw and describe a given means
Of transport.
· asking and answering oral questions. Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
· drawing and describing a matatu.
· copying sentences.
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 78 – 79
Nppe teacher’s
Book pp. 71 – 72
· copy given sentences neatly and
Accurately.
1-2
oral
Work
Learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the pattern
Can to indicate ability, e.g. Can you
Drive a lorry?
· demonstrating how to cross a road.
· discussing pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· explaining traffic lights and what
Different colours mean.
pictures of traffic police
Officers, zebra crossing,
Railway station, train, bus
Station, road signs, traffic
Lights, toy cars
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 80 – 82
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 73 – 76
· asking and answering oral questions.
· explaining different road signs.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
3
reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, in mombasa
City, fluently and accurately and
Answer oral questions.
· play the game on, what is it?,
In the have fun section for
Enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt in the
Previous lesson.
· discuss about travelling in a busy
Town.
· discuss about how to cross roads in
Town.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 80 – 83
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp.74-76
Book.
· read the story aloud.
· ask and answer oral questions.
4
Writing learners should be able to:
· write correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy given sentences neatly.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record answers.
· copy sentences.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 81 – 83
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 75-76
5
Library learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral questions.
· retelling the story.
storybook
nppe pupil’s book
2, p. 83
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 76
Lost shorts, oup,
Nairobi
1-5
Revision learners should be able to answer
& testing/ questions set from the work covered
Exami-
Nation
· asking questions for clarification.
· writing the exam.
· past exam papers
· writing materials, e.g.
Pencils, answer sheets
· test items/questions
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 2,
Units 1 – 20
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english schemes of work for standard two: term three
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1
revision learners should be able to revise
Work covered in terms one and two.
· asking and answering questions.
· revising the previous exam.
past exam paper
nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 2,
· noting down important points.
units 1 – 20
2-3
Oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
Patterns:
· what is he/she wearing? … she
Is wearing a brown skirt.
· use of adjectives to describe
Clothes, e.g. A white short blouse.
· use the present perfect, e.g. What
Have they done?
· put on your……
· naming different items of clothing.
· talking about items shown in the
Picture.
· naming parts of the body on which
The items are worn.
· miming different activities, e.g.
Clapping hands.
· demonstrate putting on different
Items of clothing.
· asking and answering oral questions.
Watch, tie, eyeglasses, belt,
Ring, handkerchief, coat, or
Pictures of these objects
Nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 86 – 90
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 79-82
4
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, what are they
Wearing?, fluently and accurately
And answer oral questions.
· discuss the items of clothing
Menombili is wearing in the have
Fun section for enjoyment.
· revising new words learnt.
· naming different items of clothing
They wear to school, at home, etc.
· discussing the pictures.
· reading aloud.
· asking and answering oral questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 86 – 91
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 80-82
5
1-2
writing
Oral
Work
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy given sentences legibly and
Neatly
Learners should be able to:
· construct correct sentences using
· asking and answering oral questions.
· writing down answers.
· cutting and pasting newspaper and
Magazines cuttings.
· listening to a passage.
· reading the passage aloud
· magazine and
Newspaper cuttings with
Pictures of clothes
· pair of scissors and glue
Pictures of food items
E.g. Chicken, ugali, pilau,
nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 87 – 91
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 81-83
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 92 – 94
The following patterns: use of can in
· pronouncing new words.
chocolate, beans, yams,
Sentences and questions, e.g. What can
Mrs mwathi cook?; use of but to show
Contrast, e.g. My brother likes sweet
Things but i do not like sweet things.
· naming and talking about food
Types.
· demonstrating given actions.
· asking and answering oral questions.
cassava, fish, tomatoes,
Pumpkins, rice, meat,
Mandazi, pancakes
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 84-86
· pronounce and construct correct
Sentences using new words, e.g. Cook,
Prepare, sweet and healthy.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
3
reading learners should be able to:
· revise new words learnt in the
· a piece of wet cloth
nppe pupil’s book
· read the passage, a family party,
fluently and accurately and answer
vocabulary lesson.
· talk about a party the pupils had
· a banana, plastic ball, an 2, pp. 92 – 95
Orange, a ruler, a mango,
Oral questions.
· play the given game in the have
Fun section for enjoyment.
attended sometime back.
· read the passage aloud.
· discuss good hygiene practices.
a pencil, etc
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 85-87
· recording some of the points on the
Blackboard.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· play the game.
4
writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy given sentences accurately
And neatly.
· asking and answering oral questions. · sentences in the pupil’s
· writing down answers. Book
· copying sentences. · sentences cards
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 93 – 94
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 85-86
5
library
learners should be able to read the
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· reading silently.
· asking and answering oral questions.
· retelling the story.
Storybook
Nppe pupil’s book
2, p. 95
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 87
Wet all over,
Oup, nairobi
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
· discussing the pictures in the pupils’
Book in groups.
· real or pictures of
Different food items e.g.
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 96 – 98
Patterns: verb of sense + adjectives,
· naming items.
milk, meat, a banana
E.g. Tastes sour/good. Smells bad/
Good; use of would like.
Pronounce and construct correct
Sentences using new words, e.g.
Watch, dance, smile, laugh and tired.
· revising parts of the body.
· demonstrating and explaining given
Actions.
· pronouncing new words.
· revising verbs of sense.
· a watch
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 88-90
· touching different surfaces.
· asking and answering oral questions.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
3-4
writing
learners should be able to:
· read the passage, the very bad
· revising new words learnt.
· discussing what people do when
pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 96 – 99
King, accurately and fluently and
they are happy.
Answer oral questions.
· describe the activities and compare
The pictures given in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· reading the passage aloud.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· talking about different pictures.
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 88-90
5 writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
· asking and answering oral questions.
· recording answers.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 97 – 99
Questions given.
· copy given sentences neatly.
· copying sentences.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 89-90
1-3
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
· naming animals.
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
· pictures of animals, e.g.
Zebra, hippopotamus,
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 100 – 104
Patterns:
book.
rhinoceros, buffalo,
· use of like for comparison, e.g.
A zebra looks like a donkey.
· comparison of adjectives, e.g.
Tall, taller, tallest.
· talking about interesting features of
Animals.
· compare animals and objects.
elephant, giraffe
· wood carvings of
Lion, leopard, cheetah,
Antelope etc
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 91– 94
· use of or, e.g. Is that a mouse or a
Cat?
Learners should be able to:
· read the passage given fluently
And accurately and answer oral
Questions.
· discuss differences between
Animals in the have fun section
For enjoyment.
· revise new words learnt.
· talk about wild animals.
· discuss pictures in the pupil’s book
· read silently.
· read aloud and in turns.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2 pp. 100 –105
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2 pp. 92-94
4
reading
Learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record answers.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 101 – 105
Questions given.
· draw pictures and describe them.
· write about wild animals.
· draw pictures accurately
· copy sentences.
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 93-94
· copy given sentences neatly and
Accurately.
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
· talking about the kind of weather
Pupils like or do not like.
· weather chart, umbrella,
Pullover, bottles of
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 106 – 110
Patterns: infinitive of purpose to
· describing the weather in the given
different sizes, pictures
Answer questions, e.g. Why is she
Polishing her shoes? To make them
Clean; use of it in sentences, e.g. It
Is cold, rainy, sunny; use of will to
Express future events; comparisons,
pictures.
· describing the weather today.
· describing objects in the classroom,
Heights of different pupils, etc.
of sunny, cloudy, windy
And rainy weather
Condition
· pictures in the pupil’s
Book
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 95-98
E.g. Big bigger, biggest.
3
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, a sunny day,
fluently and accurately and answer
Oral questions.
· discuss what is happening in the
Given pictures in the have fun
· revise new words learnt.
· talk about the weather today,
Yesterday and the day before.
· read the passage aloud.
· read silently.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 106 – 111
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 96-99
Section for enjoyment.
4
Writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record answers.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 107 – 110
Questions given.
· copy given sentences accurately
And neatly.
· copy sentences.
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 97-98
5
Library
Learners should be able to read the
· reading silently.
Storybook
Nppe pupil’s book
Story fluently and accurately for
Comprehension and enjoyment.
· asking and answering oral questions.
· retelling the story.
2, pp. 111
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, p. 99
I see everything,
Oup, nairobi
1-5
Revision learners should be able to revise and
· asking oral questions for clarification. · pencil/pen, answer
Nppe pupil’s book
And
Testing
answer questions set from the work
Covered between weeks one to five.
· revising work covered.
· writing the test.
sheets
· test items/questions
2, units 21 – 25
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, units 21–25
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using plural of
· giving a riddle.
· discussing the riddles in groups.
pictures of a goat, a leopard
And a bridge, an egg and a
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 112 – 115
Irregular nouns, e.g. Child – children
· revising the vocabulary, prepositions mushroom
And adjectives.
· discussing plural nouns.
nppe teacher’s book
2, pp. 100 – 101
3-4
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, the three goats,
· revise new words learnt.
· tell animal stories that pupils are
Pictures in the pupil’s book
Nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 112 – 115
fluently and accurately and answer
familiar with.
Oral questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· discuss the pictures in the pupils’
Book.
· read the passage aloud and in turns.
· discuss the story in the have fun
Section.
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 100
– 101
5
writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Given questions.
· copy given sentences legibly,
· asking and answering oral questions. · pictures in the pupils’
· recording answers.
Book
· copying sentences.
· sentences in the pupils’
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 114–115
Nppe teacher’s
Accurately and neatly.
book 2, pp.101–102
1-2
oral
Work
learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
· discuss the pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· carrots, potatoes, beans
· models of farm animals
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 116 – 119
Patterns:
· explain the meanings of new words.
e.g. Cows, goats, sheep
· use of keep + action word, e.g.
Keep weeding the flowers.
· plurals with –es e.g. Potato
– potatoes.
· use of how much, e.g. How much
· pronounce new words.
· discuss activities that take time to
Complete.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· a nature corner
Containing specimens
Of the above plants and
Animals
· half-full bottle of water
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 103
-105
Milk is in the jug?
· use of or in questions, e.g. Is this
A jembe or a slasher?
3-4
writing
learners should be able to:
· read the passage, in the shamba,
fluently and accurately and answer
Oral questions.
· sing the song in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise the new words learnt.
· discuss what pupils’ do over the
Weekends/holidays.
· discuss the pictures in the passage.
· read the story aloud and in turns.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· sing the given song.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 116 – 119
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 104
-106
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
5
reading learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record answers.
sentences in the pupil’s
Book
nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 117 – 119
Questions given.
· copy given sentences.
· copy the given sentences neatly.
· rearrange jumbled sentences in
The correct order.
· rearrange jumbled sentences.
nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 104
-106
1-2
Oral
Work
Learners should be able to construct
Correct sentences using the following
Patterns:
· identify items from the picture.
· explain the meanings of new
Words.
· magazines
· pictures of food
· a radio
Nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 120
– 124
· what is this/that? What are these/
Those?
· very + adjectives, e.g. This mat
Is very small.
· invitations, e.g. Let’s have
Supper.
· pronounce new words.
· describe given items.
· demonstrate given actions.
· ask and answer oral questions.
· a ball
Nppe teacher’s
Book pp. 106 -110
3-4
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, what are
These?, fluently and accurately and
Answer oral questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for enjoyment.
· revise the new words learnt.
· discuss the pictures given.
· read the passage aloud.
· pupils to read the passage in pairs.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 120
– 125
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 107-
108
5
writing
learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· copy given sentences accurately
And neatly.
· write about, your house, using
Simple but correct sentences in a
Continuous prose.
· asking and answering oral
Questions.
· recording answers.
· copying sentences.
· drawing a picture of their house.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupil’s
Book 2, pp. 121
– 125
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 108
-109
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
new progressive primary english standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons topics objectives teaching/learning learning/ references remarks
Activities teaching aids
1-2 learners should be able to
· telling animal stories.
· pictures or models of
nppe pupil’s book
Work
· construct correct sentences using
Adjectives, e.g. Red, green, sad,
Happy, etc.
· pronounce and construct correct
Sentences using new words, e.g.
· teaching new words using pictures
And giving explanation.
· pronouncing the new words.
· revising adjectives using familiar
Objects and situations.
an elephant, a zebra, a
Leopard, a tortoise and a
Hyena
· dry stick
2, pp. 126 -128
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 110
–112
Stripes, spots etc.
3-4
Reading learners should be able to:
· read the passage, hyena gets an
Ugly coat, fluently and accurately
And answer oral questions.
· read the story in the have fun
Section for comprehension and
· revise the new words learnt.
· discuss pictures in the pupil’s
Book.
· read the story aloud and in turns.
· ask and answer oral questions.
Pictures in the pupil’s book nppe pupil’s book
2, pp. 126 –129
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 111–
112
Enjoyment.
5
Writing
Library
Learners should be able to:
· write down correct answers to the
Questions given.
· write a story they have heard
Accurately and coherently in
Continuous prose.
· copy given sentences accurately
· ask and answer oral questions.
· record answers.
· copy sentences.
· write the story.
Sentences in the pupil’s
Book
Nppe pupils’ book
2, pp. 128 –129
Nppe teacher’s
Book 2, pp. 111
–112
And neatly.
1-5
Revision learners should be able to revise
& work covered from term one to
Testing/ three and do an exam.
Exami-
Nation
· revising work covered. Past exam papers, test
· asking and answering oral questions items/questions, pens and
For clarification. Answer sheets
· writing the exam.
Nppe pupil’s and
Teacher’s books 2,
Units 1 – 30
for use with new progressive primary english standard two
maazimio ya kazi: muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa kwanza
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
maazimio ya kazi: muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa pili
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
maazimio ya kazi: muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
Maazimio ya kazi
Muhula wa tatu
hakiuzwi itumiwe na kiswahili sanifu kitabu cha pili
progressive primary mathematics book 2: sample schemes of work: term one
unit
Activities resources
1
Numbers
counting in
Hundreds
5
by the end of this topic, the · making place value tables
Pupils should be able to count in · making bundles of tens and
Hundreds up to 900 hundreds
bottle tops, sticks, stones,
Marbles in bundles of
Hundreds
pupil’s book
Pages 3-4
Teacher’s book
· counting and matching
· answering and asking questions
pages 1-2
Place values
Of hundreds,
10
By the end of this topic, the pupils · making place value tables
Should be able to recognize · making bundles of tens and
Bottle tops, sticks, stones,
Marbles in bundles of ones,
Pupil’s book
Pages 7-10
Tens and
Ones
and identify the place values of
Hundreds, tens and ones
hundreds
· counting and matching
tens and hundreds
teacher’s book
Pages 2-4
· answering and asking questions
Reading
And writing
5
By the end of this topic the pupils · writing numbers in figures
Should be able to write numbers · making place value tables
Bottle tops, sticks, stones,
Marbles, boxes, tins, place
Pupil’s book
Pages 10-11
Numbers in
figures
in figures
· making bundles of tens and
Hundreds
value columns
teacher’s book
Pages 4-5
· counting and matching
· answering and asking questions
Writing
5
By the end of this topic, the pupils · writing numbers in words and
Place value tables and
Pupil’s book
Numbers
In words
should be able to write numbers
Up to ninety-nine in words
figures
· adding numbers
columns
Flashcards
page 12
Teacher’s book
· writing the number of tens and
Ones
· asking and answering questions
pages 5-6
Missing
Numbers
5
By the end of this topic, the pupils · ordering numbers
Should be able to find the missing · filling in gaps
Number charts
Flashcards
Pupil’s book
Pages 13-15
Numbers by writing numbers in · answering and asking questions
Ascending or descending order
teacher’s book
Page 7
2
Mass
Comparing
Masses
3
By the end of this topic, the pupils
Should be able to compare masses
Of different objects using a beam
· estimating the mass of an object beam balance, fruits,
· comparing masses of objects bottle tops, pens, books,
· weighing objects tins, stones, pencils
Pupil’s book
Pages 16-17
Teacher’s book
Balance and state which is heavier,
· asking and answering questions
pages 12-13
Lighter, or the same
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard two
progressive primary mathematics standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
unit
Activities resources
Measuring
2
by the end of this topic, the
· estimating mass
beam balance, fruits, bottle
pupil’s book
Mass using
pupils should be able to compare · adding and subtracting
tops, pens, books, tins,
pages 18-19
Arbitrary
Units
masses using arbitrary units
· balancing masses
· weighing objects
stones, pencils,
Kenyan coins
teacher’s book
Pages 13-14
Measuring
Mass using a
fixed unit
2
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to measure
Masses of objects using a fixed
· estimating mass
· adding and substracting
· balancing masses
Beam balance, books,
Clothes-hangers, coins,
Other items
Pupil’s book
Pages 20-21
Teacher’s book
Unit
· weighing objects
page 14
3
Addition
And
Subtra-
Tion
Adding
Numbers
Taking away
3
3
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add up
To two 3-digit numbers without
Carrying
By the end of this topic, the
· counting
· making bundles of ten
· adding numbers
· discussing addition
· counting
Counters like stones, bottle
Tops, beans, buttons
Counters like stones, bottle
Pupil’s book
Pages 22-25
Teacher’s book
Pages 16-17
Pupil’s book
Pupils should be able to subtract
From up to 3-digit numbers
Without borrowing
· making bundles of ten
· subtracting numbers
· discussing subtraction
tops, beans,
Buttons
pages 26-27
Teacher’s book
Pages 17-18
4 measuring
Capacity capacity
2
By the end of this topic, the · measuring capacity bottles, cups, spoons,
Pupils should be able to measure · filling and emptying containers water, glasses, basins, tins,
Pupil’s book
Pages 28-29
Capacity using arbitrary units
· comparing capacity
etc
teacher’s book
Pages 19-21
Revision
By the end of the revision, the
Pupils should be able to ask and
Answer questions on the topics
Covered during the term
· answering questions in mixed
Exercise 1
· remedial work
· asking and answering questions
Pupil’s book
Pages 30-31
Teacher’s book
Page 21
Revision
By the end of this week, the pupils · answering questions in the end
Should be able to answer questions
In the end of term test
of term test
· remedial work
· asking and answering questions
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard two
progressive primary mathematics book 2: sample schemes of work: term two
unit
Activities resources
counting in
Twos and
Plication threes
5
by the end of this topic, the pupils · making groups of twos and
Should be able to multiply by 2 threes
And by 3 through counting and · counting objects in twos and
Repeated adding in threes
counters like stones,
Bottle tops, pencils, beans,
Buttons
pupil’s book
Pages 32-34
Teacher’s book
Pages 22-23
· putting together
Counting in
5
By the end of this topic, the pupils · making groups of fours and
Counters like stones,
Pupil’s book
Fours and
should be able to multiply by 4
fives
bottle tops, pencils, beans,
pages 35-40
fives
and by 5 through counting and · counting objects in fours and
Repeated addition
In fives
buttons
teacher’s book
Pages 23-24
· putting together
Multiplying
Numbers by
10
10
By the end of this topic, the pupils · counting in groups of ten
Should be able to multiply 1-digit · grouping in tens
Numbers by 10
· multiplying by 10
Counters, multiplication
Tables of 2, 3, 4, 5
Pupil’s book
Pages 40-41
Teacher’s book
· adding groups of 10
· multiplying numbers
page 25
6
Length
Measuring
Length in
Metres
5
By the end of this topic, the pupils · estimating length
Should be able to measure length · measuring length
Using hand spans, footsteps and a · comparing lengths
Locally available objects
That pupils can use to
Compare lengths like sticks,
Pupil’s book
Pages 42-45
Teacher’s book
Metre stick
pens, pencils, rulers, the
Metre rule
pages 28-29
7
Division
Sharing
Equally
5
By the end of this topic, the pupils · sharing with others
Should be able to share objects · giving out to others
Equally among 2, 3, 4 and 5 · dividing numbers
Counters like stones, bottle
Tops, pencils, beans,
Buttons multiplication
Pupil’s book
Pages 46-49
Teacher’s book
Tables of 2, 3, 4 and 5
pages 30-31
8
Shapes
Rectangles
And squares
3
By the end of this topic, the pupils · identifying and naming
Should be able to recognize, rectangles and squares
Identify and draw rectangles and · cutting out rectangles and
Squares
Squares
Rectangular tins, match-
Boxes, string, paper strips,
Rectangular and square
Cut-outs
Pupil’s book
Pages 50-51
Teacher’s book
Pages 32-33
· drawing rectangles and squares
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard two
progressive primary mathematics standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
unit
Activities resources
Triangles
2
by the end of the topic, the pupils · identifying and naming
Should be able to recognize,
Triangles
Identify and draw rectangles
· cutting the number of triangles
triangular shapes,
Triangular cut-outs
pupil’s book page
52
Teacher’s book
· drawing triangles
pages 33-34
Circles and
3
By the end of this topic, the pupils · identifying and naming circles
Circular tins, string,
Pupil’s book pages
Ovals
should be able to recognize,
and ovals
circular and oval cut-outs,
54–57
Identify and draw circles and · cutting out circles and ovals
circular coins
teacher’s book
Ovals
· drawing ovals and circles
pages 34-35
Modelling
7
By the of this topic, the pupils
Should be able to model triangles,
· discussing shapes
· making shapes
Clay, wax, plasticine, mud,
Sticks, pieces of paper
Pupil’s book
Pages 58-59
Rectangles, squares, circles and
Ovals
· drawing patterns
· colouring patterns
teacher’s book
Page 36
Revision
By the end of this week, the pupils · answering questions in mixed
Pupil’s book
Should be able to answer revision
exercise 2
pages 52-54
Questions from units 5-8 in the · remedial work
teacher’s book
Pupil’s book
· answering and asking questions
page 34
Revision
By the end of this week, the pupils · answering questions
Should be able to do the end of · remedial work
Term test
· asking questions
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard two
progressive primary mathematics book 2: sample schemes of work: term three
unit
Activities resources
9 addition
And
Tion three
Carrying
Adding
Numbers
Missing
Numbers
Number
Patterns
10
5
5
5
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to add up
To two 3-digit numbers with one
Carrying and without carrying
By the end of this topic, the pupils
Should be able to add up to three
3-digit numbers with one carrying
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to find the
Missing numbers in addition and
Subtraction questions
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to recognize
And identify number patterns
Involving addition and subtraction
· subtracting numbers
· adding numbers
· drawing place value tables
· adding numbers
· drawing place value columns
· adding numbers
· subtracting numbers
· finding missing numbers
· adding numbers
· subtracting numbers
· finding missing numbers
· writing numbers in order
counters such as stones,
Bottle tops, beans, buttons
Counters such as stones,
Bottle tops, beans, buttons
Counters in bundles of 10,
And loose ones, addition
Tables, place value columns
Addition columns and
Charts, 6 counters
pupil’s book
Pages 60-64
Teacher’s book
Pages 37-38
Pupil’s book
Pages 64-65
T/bk pg 38
Pupil’s book pages
65-66
Teacher’s book
Page 39
Pupil’s book page
67
Teacher’s book
Pages 39-40
10
Time
days, weeks
And
Months
3
should be able to identify the
Number of days in a week and the
Number of months in a year
68-69
Teacher’s book
Pages 42-43
Reading
Time
2
by the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to read
Time in hours
· moving the hands of a clock to
Show time
· reading time on clocks and
Watches
clock faces and watches
pupil’s book
Pages 70-73
Teacher’s book
Pages 43-44
11
Money
kenyan
Currency
Adding and
Subtracting
Money
5
6
by the end of this topic,
The pupils should be able to
Recognize and identify kenyan
Currency coins and notes up to
500 shillings.
By the end of this topic, the
Pupils should be able to work out
Addition and subtraction involving
Money in shillings and cents
Without carrying or borrowing
· counting money
· adding money
· separating coins and notes
· reading the value of money on
Coins and notes
· counting money
· adding and subtracting
Shillings and cents
· selling and buying
· reading the value of money on
Coins and notes
kenyan coins and notes
Kenyan coins and notes,
Imitation coins and notes,
Classroom duka and its
Stock
pupil’s book pages
74-77
Teacher’s book
Pages 46-47
Pupil’s book
Pages 78-84
Teacher’s book
Pages 47-49
balance and
Change
Revision
4
by the end of this topic, the · getting and giving balance and
Pupils should be able to recognize
Balance and change
·answering questions in mixed
By the end of this week, the
Exercise 3
Pupils should be able to answer
· doing end year tests
Questions on any topic in the
· remedial work
Pupil’s book
kenyan coins and notes,
Imitation coins and notes,
Classroom duka
pupil’s bk page 84
Teacher’s book
Page 48
Pupil’s book
Pages 85-86
Teacher’s book
Page 50
for use with progressive primary mathematics standard two
our lives today: social studies schemes of work for standard two: term one
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
location of the
School
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state where the school
Is found.
· stating where the school is found
· observing the features surrounding
The school
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 2-3
· the school environment
· pencils and crayons
· drawing/modelling the school
Our school
Direction of home by the end of the lesson the learners
· point different directions from their
Our lives today sst book 2 page 4
From the school
should be able to point at the direction of
Their home from school.
classroom
· point at the direction of their home
· pictures in the pupil’s book
· the school environment
· point at the direction of sunrise and
Sunset
· point at the direction of their shadow.
Our school
Buildings in the
School
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the buildings
Found in the school.
· name the buildings found in the school our lives today sst book 2 page 5
· observe a picture of school buildings · a picture showing school buildings
· walk in the school compound
· the school environment
· compile the category of the buildings
In the school
· draw the buildings found in the school
Our school
Things found in
The school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name and identify the
Things found in the school.
· name and identify the things found
In the school.
· observe the things found in the school
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 6-7
· things found in the school, e.g.
Desks, books, chalkboard, flag-post
· walk in the school compound
· compile a list of all things found in
The school compound
· different groups to be assigned
Different parts of the school
etc.
· the school environment
Our school
Difference between by the end of the lesson the learners
· state the difference between a map
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 8-9
And its
a map and a
should be able to state the difference
and a picture
· different items, e.g. Cups, bottles,
Surroundings picture
between a map and a picture.
· observe a map and pictures
desk etc.
· map and pictures
· picture of the buildings in the
School
Our school
And its
Surroundings
Map of the school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to draw a map of the
School.
· guide the pupils to draw a map
· observe a sketch map of the school
· modelling
Our lives today sst book 2 pages 8-9
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
Environ-
Ment
Our school
Environ-
Ment
how the land of
The school is
Weather
Experienced
Around the school
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to describe how the land
Of the school is.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to describe the weather
Experienced around the school.
· describe how the land of the school
Is
· observe features in the school
· describe the weather experienced
Around the school
· observe the weather
our lives today sst book 2 page 10
· the school environment
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 11-13
· weather chart showing various
Weather changes, e.g. Sunny,
· experiment with leaves, grass and
Dust about the weather
windy etc.
· grass/pieces of paper
· windmills
Activities in
The school
Learning
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to appreciate the need to
· appreciating the need to learn
· demonstration
Our lives today sst book 2 page 14
· the school environment
Learn
· asking and answering questions
Activities in
The school
Playing
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list different ways of
Playing
· list different ways of playing
· pictures showing different ways of
Playing
Our lives today sst book 2 page 14
· the school environment
· field
· pictures showing people playing
· demonstrations
· practising different ways of playing
· game equipment/apparatus
Activities in
Playing
By the end of the lesson the learners
· state the importance of playing
Our lives today sst book 2 page 14
The school
should be able to state the importance of · give examples of the best players in
· pictures showing various games
Playing.
the school
· observe a picture
being played
Activities in
The school
Playing
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the games that
Take place in the school.
· name the games that take place in
The school
· demonstrate how various games are
Our lives today sst book 2 page 14
· pictures of people playing
Football
Played
Activities in
The school
Keeping the school by the end of the lesson the learners · list ways of keeping the school clean
Clean should be able to list ways of keeping the · state the ways you commonly use
School clean
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 15-16
· picture of pupils doing various
Cleaning activities
· the school environment
· various cleaning materials
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
topic
Activities resources remarks
Activities in keeping the school by the end of the lesson the learners
· participate in cleaning the school
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 15-16
The school
clean
should be able to participate in cleaning
The school
· pangas
· slashers
· brooms
Activities in ways of keeping by the end of the lesson the learners
The school order in the school should be able to state ways of keeping
Order in the school.
· state ways of keeping order in the school
· identify where the bell is rung
· discuss various ways of keeping
Order
· name prefects and teachers in
Charge of activities
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 16-17
· school bell
· timetable
· school garden
Our needs
At school
Requirements at
School
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the items
Required at school for learning.
· name the items required in school
For learning
· ask and answer questions
Our lives today sst book 2 page 18
· facilities at the school
· classrooms, fields, toilets, offices,
Fences etc.
Our needs
At school
Our needs at
School
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state their needs at
School.
· stating their needs at school
· identifying different items used in
School
· classifying the items
Our lives today sst book 2 page 18
· books
· pencils
· rubbers
· school bags etc.
Our needs
At school
Sources of school
Requirements
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the sources of
Their requirments
· state the sources of their requirments our lives today sst book 2 page 19
· observe a picture of a guest donating · picture of a guest donating books
Books · the school environment
· ask and answer questions
Our needs
At school
Problems faced in by the end of the lesson the learners
Meeting the school should be able to:
Needs · state the problems experienced in
Trying to meet their needs in school
· state the problems experienced in
Trying to meet the school needs
· list the problems the learners
Experience right from home to school
Our lives today sst book 2 page 20
· the school and the local
Environment
·list the problems they experience right
From home to school.
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our needs
solutions
by the end of the lesson the learners
· state the solutions to problems
our lives today sst book 2 page 21
At school
to problems
should be able to state solutions to
experienced in meeting their needs in · newspaper cuttings
Experienced in
Trying to meet
problems experienced in meeting their
Needs in school.
school
· ask and answer questions
· magazines
School needs
Our needs
At school
Care of our school
Property
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state ways of caring for
· state ways of caring for school
Property
Our lives today sst book 2 page 22
· school property, e.g. Desks, books
School property.
· observe pictures
· take part in organizing things
Exam
Work covered
During the term
Learners should be able to answer
Questions based on the work covered.
· write the test
· revise the test
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 2-22
· pupils’ drawings
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies schemes of work for standard two: term two
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our needs at importance of
by the end of the lesson the learners
· state the importance of taking care of our livestoday sst book 2 pages 23-25
School
taking care of
School property
should be able to state the importance of
Taking care of school property.
school property
· ask and answer questions
· picture of a pupil sitting on the
floor
· school environment
· school property
· books
· desks etc.
Safe travel
How to ride a
By the end of the lesson the learners
· state the ways of riding a bicycle safely
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 26-27
To and from
bicycle safely
should be able to state the ways of riding · name the parts of a bicycle and
· picture of a bicycle
School
a bicycle safely.
discuss their uses
· real bicycle
· draw a bicycle
· demonstrate how to ride a bicycle
Safe travel
To and from
School
Basic road signs
By the end of the lesson learners should
Be able to:
· state the basic road signs.
· observe basic road signs
· draw basic road signs
· demonstrate safe crossing of the road
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 28-29
· chart showing basic road signs
· appreciate the importance of basic
Road signs.
Safe travel
Dangers to avoid
By the end of the lesson the learners
· state the dangers on the road
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 30-33
To and from
on the road
should be able to state the dangers on the · ask and answer oral questions
· pictures of dangerous animals
School
road.
· draw pictures of dangerous animals
· real plants which are dangerous
And plants
Safe travel
How to react when by the end of the lesson the learners
· draw pictures of children running
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 30-33
To and from
School
faced with danger
should be able to state how to react when
Faced with danger on the road.
away from a stranger
· state the dangers on the road
· picture of pupils running away
From strangers/animals
· state how to react when faced with
Dangers on the road
· observe a picture
· dramatize how to react
· costumes
Our school
Community
Names of pupils,
Teachers and
Workers in the
School
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to give the names of
Pupils, workers and teachers in the
School.
· give the names of the pupils in the class our livestoday sst book 2 pages 34-38
· give the names of pupils in other classes · school environment
· identify the names of the teachers
· walk around the school asking the names of
The other people in the school community
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
Community
the school
Population
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the number of
· state the number of people in the
School compound
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 34-38
· school environment
People in the school.
· count the people in the school
Compound
· group the people in the school
Compound
· identify the names of various people
In the school compound
· write down the names of the people
In the school compound
Our school
Community
The role of pupils
In the school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the role of pupils
In the school.
· state the role of the pupils in the
School
· state the work of prefects
Our lives today sst book 2 pages
16-17, 36-37
· our class
· ask and answer questions
· the school environment
Our school
Community
The role of
Teachers in the
School
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the role of
Teachers in the school.
· identify the work of the class teacher
· identify the role of other teachers
· state the names of the teachers
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 35-36
· teachers in the school
· tell the role of the headteacher and
The deputy headteacher
Our school
Community
The role of school
Workers
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the role of
Workers in the school.
· identify the names of workers in the
School
· state the work that each does and its
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 36-38
· school environment
· pictures of workers doing various
Importance to the pupils
· observe the workers doing their work
jobs
Our school
Community
The role of the
School committee
In the school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the role of the
School committee in the school
· state the role of the school
Committee in the school
· name some members of the school
Our lives today sst book 2 page 39
· the school
Committee
child
Protection
Child rights
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify the rights of a
Child
· identify the rights of a child our livestoday sst book 2 pages 40-45
In class
· draw a child being beaten
· ask and answer questions
· list the rights of a child.
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
topic
Activities resources remarks
Child
Protection
Exam
types of child
Abuse in the home
Work covered
During the term
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify ways of child
Abuse at home.
The learners should be able to answer
Questions based on the work covered.
· identify ways of child abuse at home
· observe a picture of a child being
Mistreated at home
· write the test
· revise the test
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 41-43
· a picture of a child being mis-
Treated at home
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 23-43
· drawings and pictures
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies schemes of work for standard two: term three
topic
Activities resources remarks
Child
Protection
problems
Associated with
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to appreciate the problems
· appreciate the problems associated
With child abuse
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 41-44
· pictures
Child abuse
associated with child abuse.
Child
Protection
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
Ways of providing
Child protection
Physical features
Around the school
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state ways of protecting
A child from abuse.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the physical
Features around the school.
· state ways of protecting a child from
Abuse
· observe a person being arrested
· name the physical features around
The school
· observe the physical features in the
Our lives today sst book 2 page 45
· a picture of a person being
Arrested
Our lives today sst book 2 page 47
· local environment
School neighbourhood
Our school
Communities
By the end of the lesson the learners
· identify the communities living
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 47-48
Neighbour-
Hood
living in the school should be able to identify communities
Neighbourhood
Living around the school.
around the school
· local environment
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
Types if dwelling
Places
Materials used
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify types of
Dwelling-places near the school.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to identify the materials
Used in building their dwelling-places.
· identify the types of dwelling-places
· draw types of houses
· identify materials used in building
Dwelling-places
· collect real materials like sand, grass,
Our lives today sst book 2 page 49
· local environment
· pictures of houses
Our lives today sst book 2 page 49
· real materials like sand, grass,
Nails, timber etc.
Nails
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
Needs of the
People
How people meet
Their needs
How the school
Relates with the
Community
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list the needs of the
People living around the school.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state how people living
Around the school meet their needs.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state various ways
In which their school relates with the
· list the needs of the people living
Around the school
· draw pictures
· state how people around the school
Meet their needs
· draw pictures of a matatu, shop
· state various ways in which the
School relates with the community
· clean a local market
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 50-52
· real objects like water, plants,
Spoons, clothes
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 50-52
· local environment
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 53-55
· local community
· brooms
Community.
· gloves
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
topic
Activities resources remarks
Our school
Neighbour-
Hood
social activities
by the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state the social
Activities in the school neighbourhood.
· state social activities in the school
Neighbourhood
· dances
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 56-57
· local environment
· dramatize a wedding
Our school
Administrative
By the end of the lesson the learners
· state the administrative units in their our livestoday sst book 2 pages 58-61
Neighbour-
Hood
Our school
Neighbour-
units
Administrative
Units
should be able to state the administrative
Units in their location.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to appreciate the role of
location
· draw a map of the location
· appreciate the role of administration
In their location
· map of the location
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 58-61
Hood
administration in their location.
Our school
Neighbour-
Main resources in
The location
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list the main resources
· list the main resources found in
Their location
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 62-66
· a picture of a forest
Hood
found in their location.
Resources
In the loca-
Tion
Resources
In the loca-
Tion
Main resources in
The location
Economic
Activities in the
Location
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to list the main resources
Found in their location.
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the main
Economic activities in their location.
· list the main resources found in
Their location
· sample the resources in the location
· name the main economic activities
In their location
· dramatize various activities
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 62-66
· local environment
· real objects like soil, water etc.
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 67-68
· pictures showing various items
· jembes
· items sold in the local market
Resources
In the loca-
Tion
Proper use of the
Resources
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to state how the resources
Are used properly.
· state how the resources are used
Properly
· plant trees in the school
Our lives today sst book 2 page 67
· tree seedlings
· watering-can
· pictures showing good soil use
Resources
In the loca-
Tion
Commercial
Centres in the
Location
By the end of the lesson the learners
Should be able to name the commercial
Centres in their location.
· name the commercial centres in
Their location
· locate the commercial centres on a
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 69-70
· map showing commercial centres
Map
· draw a map showing commercial
Centres
for use with our lives today standard two
our lives today: social studies standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
topic
Activities resources remarks
Work covered
the learners should be able to revise the
· revise the work covered
our livestoday sst book 2 pages 41-70
Revision
during the term
work covered.
· work covered
· pictures, maps
Exam
Work covered
During the term
The learners should be able to answer
Questions based on the work covered.
· write the test
· revise the test
Our livestoday sst book 2 pages 41-70
· maps
· work covered
· pictures etc.
for use with our lives today standard two
science in action schemes of work for standard two: term one
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-8
1. The
Organs
the learner should be able to:
· name the sense organs
· identify things using the
Sense organs
· respond to situations using
The 5-senses
· identifying the eye, the
Ear, the nose, the tongue and
The skin
· identifying things using the
Same organs
· mirrors
· recorded sounds
· pictures
· lemon
· common drinks
· bottle tops
science in action
Book 2 page 2;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 1-6
· glass
1-4
the sense of sight the learner should be able to:
· name the parts of the eye
· make observations using the eyes
· protect the eyes from damage
· describe how to care for the
Eyes when an object falls into
· observing the eye in the
Mirror
· naming parts of the eye
· demonstrating how to remove
A speck from the eye
· mirror
· eye chart
· filters
· goggles
· clean cloth and water
science in action
Book 2 page 3;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 7-8
Them
1-4
1-4
the sense of
Hearing
The sense of
Smell
the learner should be able to:
· compare the size and shape
Of ears
· identify objects by sound
The learner should be able to
Identify different substances
By their characteristic smell
· comparing the size and shape
Of ears
· identifying objects by sound
· listening to sounds
· carrying out the
Hearing game
· distinguishing good from bad
Smell
· naming objects by smelling
Them
· manila paper
· clean handkerchiefs
· bottles
· whistles
· coffee,
· vinegar,
· soap, newspaper
· perfume
· pieces of mosquito net
science in action
Book 2 pages
4-5;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 8-9
Science in action
Book 2 pages
5-6; teacher’s
Guide page 9
· flower
· lemon
· spoiled egg
1-4
The sense of taste the learner should be able to
Use the sense of taste
· distinguishing between bitter,
Sour, salty and sweet using the
Tongue
· sugar
· salt
· pepper
· lemon
· potato
Science in action
Book 2 pages
6-7; teacher’s
Guide pages 9-10
· drinking straws
· bottle tops
· clean water
· aspirin
· chilli
for use with science in action standard two
science in action schemes of work for standard two term 1
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
the sense of
Touch
the learner should be able to:
· identify the skin as part of
The hand
· distinguish objects by sense
Of touch
· identifying the skin as a sense
Organ
· grouping hard and soft objects
· playing pick up game
· telling cold from warm by
· charts
· assortment of objects with soft
Or hard texture
· tins
· water
Science in action
Book 2 pages 7-8;
Teacher’s guide
Page 10
Feeling
· coins
1-4
2.
Hygiene
cleaning
Personal items
the learner should be able to
Use the correct procedure for
Cleaning personal items
· cleaning handkerchiefs
· cleaning socks
· cleaning toothbrushes
· observing the correct
Procedure for cleaning combs
And hairbrushes
· pictures of personal items
· clean water
· soap
· tooth brush
· combs
· hairbrushes
Science in action
Book 2 pages
10-13;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 11-12
· basin, socks, handkerchief
1-4
1-4
cleaning the
Classroom and
Compound
Using latrines
And toilets
the learner should be able to:
· clean the classroom
· clean the compound
· dispose refuse properly
The learner should be able to
Use latrines and toilets properly
· cleaning the classroom
· cleaning the compound
· disposing of refuse
· distinguishing between toilets,
Latrines and urinals
· describing different toilet designs
· identifying cleaning tools
· discussing toilet ethics
· water
· bucket
· soap powder
· mopping rag
· charts and pictures of toilet
Latrines
· cleaning tools
· soap
· clean water
science in action
Book 2 pages
14-15
Teacher’s guide
Pages 13-14
Science in action
Book 2 pages 15-16;
Teacher’s guide
Page 14
1-4
1-5
3. Plants
planting seeds
Observing
Germinating
Seeds
the learner should be able to
Plant seeds
The learner should be able to:
· observe germinating seeds
· draw germinating seeds
· identify similarities and
Differences between
· identifying and drawing seeds
· planting seeds
· watering seedlings
· observing and drawing
Germinating seeds
· recording similarities and
Differences
· pictures and photographs.
· samples of seeds
· soil
· watering cans
· tins
· panga
· bean seeds
· maize seeds
· planted seeds
· seedlings
science in action
Book 2 page 18;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 15-16
Science in action
Book 2 page 18;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 16-17
germinating seeds
for use with science in action standard two
science in action schemes of work for standard two: term two
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
1-4
caring for plants
Different types of
Leaves
the learner should be able to
Weed and water plants
The learner should be able to
Identify types of leaves
· weeding and watering plants
· identifying and grouping leaves
· pictures of weeds
· tools for weeding
· watering cans
· old newspapers
· hard board
· soft board
· different leaves
· pictures and charts of leaves
science in action
Book 2 pages 19- 20;
Teacher’s guide pages
17-18
Science in action book
2 pages 20-21;
Teacher’s guide pages
18-19
1-4
4.
Weather
Weather symbols
the learner should be able to
Draw and recognize different
Weather symbols
· studying weather symbols for
Sunny, cloudy, rainy and windy
Conditions
· weather symbol chart
science in action book
2 page 24; teacher’s
Guide pages 20-23
1-4
effects of weather the learner should be able
Changes on to identify different types of
Dressing clothes people wear in differ-
Ent weather conditions
· identifying clothes for keeping
Warm
· identifying dressing on a rainy day
· identifying dressing on a hot day
· weather symbol charts
· pictures
· sample clothes
science in action
Book 2 pages 25-28;
Teacher’s guide pages
23-25
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-8
5.
Animals
6. Water
animals kept at
Home
Wild animals
Useful animals
Harmful animals
Separating things
From water
The learner should be able to
Identify and name domestic
Animals
The learner should be able
To identify and name wild
Animals
The learner should be able to
Identify useful animals
The learner should be able to:
· identify harmful animals
· take care when handling
Harmful animals
The learner should be able to
Separate things from water us-
Ing a clean piece of cloth
· identifying domestic animals
· describing uses of domestic
Animals
· cutting animal pictures
· identifying wild animals
· identifying useful animals and
Their uses
· identifying and naming
Harmful animals
· observing precautions when
Handling harmful animals
· separating things from water
By filtration
· pictures of domestic animals
· photographs
· charts
· pictures of animals, real animals
· tins with covers, cardboard, pins
· pictures of birds, domestic
Animals and wild animals
· pictures of harmful animals
· pictures
science in action book
2 pages 32;
Teacher’s guide pages
26-27
Science in action book
2 page 33;
Teacher’s guide page
27
Science in action book
2 pages 34; teacher’s
Guide page 28
Science in action book
2 pages 35-36;
Teacher’s guide pages
28-29
Science in action
Book 2 pages 38-40;
Teacher’s guide pages
31-33
1-8
7. Soil
modelling with
Soil
the learner should be able to · collecting soil
Model familiar items using soil · making mud
· modelling items
· water
· soil
· polythene paper
· charts and pictures
science in action
Book 2 pages 42-47;
Teacher’s guide pages
34-36
for use with science in action standard two
science in action schemes of work for standard two: term three
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-4
1-4
1-4
8.
Handling
Food
9. Light
proper ways of
Handling food
Making shadows
Constructing a
Shadow clock
the learner should be able to
Follow the right procedure for
Preparing and serving food
The learner should be able to:
· make shadows of different
Shapes using various objects
· tell the right sequence of
Shadows
The learner should be able to
Construct a shadow clock
· explaining how to handle
Raw food
· describing how to prepare
Food for cooking
· observing the procedure for
Serving food
· locating the sun
· observing shadows
· making a shadow
· making shapes with shadows
· constructing and observing a
Shadow clock
· food sample
· clean water
· cutting tools
· serving tools
· utensils
· soap
· opaque objects
· bottle with sand
· pictures
· charts
· 1 metre long stick
· objects that can mark on the
Ground
science in
Action book 2
Pages 48-50;
Teacher’s guide
Pages 37-38
Science in action
Book 2 pages 52-
55;teacher’s guide
Pages 39-40
Science in action
Book 2 pages 56;
Teacher’s guide
· posters
pages 40-41
1-2
3-4
1-4
1-4
10.
Sound
11.
Moving
Air
producing sound
By plucking
Producing sound
By hitting
Effects of
Moving air
Uses of moving
Air
the learner should be able to
Produce sound by plucking
The learner should be able
To produce sound by hitting
Objects
The learner should be able to:
· define wind
· observe and identify effects
Of moving air
The learner should be able to
State the uses of moving air
· making sound from strings
· producing sound by hitting
Objects
· explaining the meaning of
Wind
· identifying effects of
Moving air
· identifying uses of moving air
· strings
· tins
· stringed instruments
· drums
· ruler
· bottles
· tins
· pictures
· photos
· kits
· straws
· propeller
· pictures
science in action
Book 2 page 58;
Teacher’s guide
Page 42
Science in action
Book 2 pages 59-
60;teacher’s guide
Page 43
Science in action
Book 2 pages 62-
63;teacher’s guide
Page 44
Science in action
Book 2 page 63;
Teacher’s guide
Page 45
· soap solution
· paper boats
· basins
· water
for use with science in action standard two
science in action schemes of work for standard two term 3
lessons
Unit
Topic
Materials
1-2
making and
flying kites
the learner should be able to
Make and fly kites
· making and flying a kite
· thin dry bamboo sticks
· thread
· light paper
· nylon sheet
· string (30m long)
science in action
Book 2 pages
64-67; teacher’s
Guide pages 45-46
1-2
1
12.
Wheels
And
Rollers
Wheels
Rollers
The learner should be able to:
· make simple wheels
· identify the best shape for
Wheels
The learner should be able to
Make and observe the actions of
Rollers of different materials
· making wheels
· comparing shapes and sizes
Of wheels
· identifying the best shapes for
Wheels
· making rollers
· using rollers
· comparing wheels and rollers
· pictures of wheels
· simple wheels
· cardboard
· nails
· spools
· polystyrene
· bottles
· straws
· bottle tops
· tin tops
Science in action
Book 2 pages
68-69; teacher’s
Guide pages 47-48
Science in action
Book 2 pages
69-70; teacher’s
Guide page 48
· any round objects
· nails
Revision + end of term exams
134
living in christ standard two schemes of work: term one
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
1. The
Home
Commu-
Nity
home
Community
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name members of the
Extended family
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· quizzes
· the good news bible:
Psalms 127:3-5;
Proverbs 23:22
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 2
· teacher’s guide
Pages 1-2
2. Appreciate his/her relatives
· singing
2
relatives
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State what his/her relatives
Do for him/her
· scripture reading
· explanation
· singing
· quizzes
· the good news bible:
1 john 3:17, ruth 1:1-22
· charts
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 6
· teacher’s guide
Pages 4-5
2. Appreciate his/her relatives
· narration
1
neighbours
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify his/her neighbours
2. Love his/her neighbours
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· the good news bible:
Romans 12:10, 1 peter 3:8
Mark 12:31, luke 10:27,
Proverbs 3:28
· pupil’s book
Page 7
· teacher’s guide
Pages 6-7
· recitation
· memorization
· charts
· chalkboard
2
1. The
School
Commu-
my teachers
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name his/her teachers
· scripture reading
· explanation
· memorization
· the good news bible:
Proverbs 16: 20; 2:1-6
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 8
· teacher’s guide
Nity
2. State what teachers do for
Him/her
3. Respect his/her teachers
· recitation
· questions and answers
· role play
pages 7-8
· quizzes
1
my
Schoolmates
by the end of the lesson the
Leaner should be able to:
1. Mention the things that he/
She does with schoolmates
· scripture reading
· explanation
· narration
· singing
· the good news bible:
Psalms 133:1
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 9
· teacher’s guide
Pages 8-9
2. Appreciate his/her
Schoolmates and others
· recitation
· memorization
· posters
2
Responsibili-
Ties of children
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State responsibilities of
Children
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· story telling
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 2:26;
Ephesians 6:1
· flashcards
· pupil’s book
Pages 10-12
· teacher’s guide
Pages 9-10
2. Practise values that he/she
Learns at school
· memorization
136
· charts
· chalkboard
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
attitudes and
Values learnt at
School
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State values and attitudes
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Proverbs 9:10-12; 21:11
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 13
· teacher’s guide
He/she learns in school
2. Practise values he/she learns
In school
· discussion
· demonstration
pages 10-11
2
3. The
Environ-
Ment
plants, animals
And birds
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name some plants, insects,
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Genesis 1:11-12; 20-25
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Pages 14-19
· teacher’s guide
Animals and birds found in
His/her area
2. Appreciate plants, insects
Animals and birds as god’s
Creation
· field trip
· practical work: planting a
Seed bed
· quizzes
· drawing
· real objects: plants, insects,
Seeds, soils, etc.
pages 12-19
1
4. Com-
Position
Of the
Bible
composition
Of the bible
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name some parts of the bible
2. Desire to read the bible
· scripture reading
· explanation
· singing
· demonstration
· the good news bible:
2 timothy 3:16-17,
Hebrews 4:12
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 20
· teacher’s guide
Pages 20-21
· narration
2
need to read
The bible
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give reasons why he/she reads
The bible
· scripture reading
· explanation
· discussion
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Hebrews 4:12; romans 15:4
· poster
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 22
· teacher’s guide
Pages 22-23
2. Desire to read the bible
· singing
1
the old
Testament
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name some books of the old
Testament
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· demonstration
· the good news bible:
2 timothy 3:16-17
· chalkboard
· posters
· pupil’s book
Page 21
· teacher’s guide
Pages 21-22
2. Desire to read the bible
· singing
· written exercises
2
the new
Testament
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name some books of the new
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Romans 15:4
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 22
· teacher’s guide
testament
2. Desire to read the bible
· demonstration
· quizzes
137
pages 22-23
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two
Schemes of work
Term 1
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
1
5. Jesus’
Love and
Care
how we
Celebrate our
Birthdays
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name the things that he/she
· scripture reading
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Luke 2:1-7
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 24
· teacher’s guide
Does on her birthday
2. Appreciate jesus christ as a
· explanation
· demonstration
· drawings
pages 24-25
Gift from god
2
the birth of
Jesus christ
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the birth of
Jesus
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Isaiah 9:6-7, luke 2:1-7
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Pages 25-26
· teacher’s guide
Pages 28-29
2. Appreciate jesus as a gift from
God
· singing
· quizzes
1
visitors who
Came to see
Jesus
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Narrate the story of how the
Shepherds visited jesus
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Matthew 2:1-12
· chalkboard
· drawings
· pupil’s book
Page 27
· teacher’s guide
Pages 29-30
2. Appreciate jesus christ as a
Gift from god
· group work
· singing
2
prophecy on
The birth of
Jesus
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention what the prophet
· scripture reading
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Isaiah: 9:6-7
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 25
· teacher’s guide
Isaiah said about the birth
Of jesus
2. Appreciate jesus as a gift from
God
· miming
· explanation
pages 26-29
1
how we
Celebrate the
Birth of jesus
Today
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention how the birthday of
Jesus is celebrated today
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· the good news bible:
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Pages 28-29
· teacher’s guide
Pages 30-31
2. Appreciate jesus as a gift from
God
· quizzes
1
6. Thank-
Fulness
giving thanks
At home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
· scripture reading
· explanation
· the good news bible:
Luke 17:11-19
· pupil’s book
Page 30
1. State ways in which he/she
Can give thanks at home
2. Be thankful at all times
· questions and answers
· narration
· written exercise
138
· chalkboard
· teacher’s guide
Pages 32-33
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two schemes of work: term two
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
giving thanks
At school and
In the com-
Munity
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State ways in which he/she
Can give thanks in school and
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· recitation
· the good news bible:
Ephesians:5:20; thess 5:18;
2 cor 9:7; psalms 8:1-9;
Philipians 1:3-5
· pupil’s book
· teacher’s guide
In the community
2. Be thankful at all times
· singing
· role play
· chalkboard
1
7. Prayer
And
Worship
how we
Worship god
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention ways of praising
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Psalms 92:1; 117
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 34
· teacher’s guide
God
2. Desire to worship god
· singing
· prayer
· real objects: music
Instruments
pages 35-36
2
Different ways
Of worshipping
God
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. List ways of worshipping god
· scripture reading
· explanation
· discussion
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 1:1-5
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 34
· teacher’s guide
2. Rejoice when worshipping
God
· role play
· narration
· singing
· prayer
pages 36-37
1
prayer
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention the times we pray
2. Desire to pray for him/herself
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· prayer
· the good news bible:
Mark 11:24,
Matthew 6:7-13;
Ephesians 1:15-19
· pupil’s book
Page 36
· teacher’s guide
Pages 38-39
· chalkboard
2
praying for
Ourselves
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Recite a prayer for his/her
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible
Luke 22:41, philippians 4:6
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 36
· teacher’s guide
Needs
2. Desire to pray for him/herself
· memorization
· recitation
· prayer
pages 38-39
1
praying for our
Country
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how he/she prays for
The country
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· the good news bible
· chalkboard
· map of kenya
· national flag
· pupil’s book
Page 37
· teacher’s guide
Pages 39-41
2. Desire to pray for the country
· prayer
139
· posters
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
8. Trust
And obe-
Dience
trust at home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give reasons why he/she trusts
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Matthew 21:28-31a
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 38
· teacher’s guide
His/her parents
2. Trust and obey his/her parents
· narration
· singing
· chalkboard
pages 41-42
· drawing
1
trusting god
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify ways in which god is
Kind to us
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
1 samuel 1:9-11;20;27;28;
2:11;
Matthew 6:26
· pupil’s book
Page 39
· teacher’s guide
Pages 42-43
2. Desire to please god
· singing
· quizzes
· chalkboard
· pictures
2
obedience at
Home
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State ways he/she can please
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Ephesians 6:1,2
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 40
· teacher’s guide
His/her parents
2. Trust and obey his/her parents
· singing
· dramatization
pages 43-44
1
Obeying god
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify ways in which god is
Kind to us
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· story telling
· the good news bible:
Psalms 112:1,
Genesis 12:1-9
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 41
· teacher’s guide
Pages 45-46
2. Desire to please god
· recitation
· memorization
2
9. Help-
Ing oth-
Ers
wedding at
Cana
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of jesus at the
· scripture reading
· explanation
· story telling
· the good news bible:
John 2:1-11
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 42
· teacher’s guide
Wedding in cana
2. Desire to help the needy
· dramatization
· quizzes
· questions and answers
page 46
1
helping the
Needy
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify ways of helping the
Needy
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· story telling
· the good news bible:
Mark 1:29-31, 7:31-35;
Luke 5:17-20,
John 5:1-10, 14-18
· pupil’s book
Page 43
· teacher’s guide
Pages 49-50
2. Desire to help the needy
· dramatisation
· recitation
· memorization
140
· chalkboard
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two
Schemes of work
Term 2
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
helping others
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify ways of helping oth-
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Romans 12:16
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 44
· teacher’s guide
Ers
· story telling
pages 48-49
· prayer
2. Desire to help the others
1
10. Pen-
Tecost
knowing jesus
Christ
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
· scripture reading
· explanation
· the good news bible:
Luke 18:35-43;
· pupil’s book
Page 46
1. Mention ways in which he/she
Can respond to jesus christ
2. Desire to make the right
· questions and answers
· singing
· prayer
luke 8:26-31,35-39
· chalkboard
· chart
· teacher’s guide
Pages 50-51
Response to jesus christ
2
responding to
Jesus christ
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention how he/she can
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Luke 18:35-44
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 51
· teacher’s guide
Respond to jesus christ
2. Desire to make the right
Response to jesus christ
· prayer
· story telling
pages 55-56
A walk to
by the end of the lesson the
· scripture reading
· the good news bible:
· pupil’s book
1
emmaus
learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the walk to
· explanation
· questions and answers
luke 24:13-35
· chalkboard
page 49
· teacher’s guide
Emmaus
2. Desire to make the right
Response to jesus christ
· story telling
· miming
· singing
pages 53-54
2
zaccheaus
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of zaccheaus
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Luke 19:1-9
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 48
· teacher’s guide
2. Desire to make the right
Response to jesus christ
· story telling
· dramatization
· drawing
· singing
pages 52-53
1
disciples
Response to
Jesus
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how the disciples
Responded to jesus christ
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· story telling
· the good news bible:
John 1:43-49;
Mark 8:27-29
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 47
· teacher’s guide
Pages 51-52
2. Desire to make the right
Response to jesus christ
· singing
141
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two schemes of work: term three
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
response of
Others
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how different people
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
John 6:1-2, 24
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 50
· teacher’s guide
Responded to jesus christ
2. Desire to make the right
Response to jesus christ
· story telling
· singing
· miming
pages 54-55
1
11.chris-
Tian
Virtues
god keeps his
Promises
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give examples of occasions
· scripture reading
· explanation
· discussion
· the good news bible:
Matthew 5:33-37,
Genesis 18: 1-15, 21:1-8
· pupil’s book
Page 52
· teacher’s guide
When god kept his promises
2. Desire to keep promises
· role play
· questions and answers
· chalkboard
pages 57-58
2
acceptance
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give reasons why acceptance
Is an important christian
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· drawing
· the good news bible:
John 13:20, luke 15:11-24
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 54
· teacher’s guide
Pages 60-61
Virtue
2. Rejoice in god’s love
· prayer
1
trust
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give reasons why he/she
Should be trusted at home
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· singing
· the good news bible:
Matthew 21:28-31a
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Pages 52-53
· teacher’s guide
Pages 59-60
School and in community
2. Thank god for loving him/her
· quizzes
2
Honesty
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Give reasons why he/she
Should be honest at school,
· questions and answers
· scripture reading
· explanation
· role play
· the good news bible:
Ephesians 4:15,
Exodus 20:16, acts 5:1
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Pages 55-56
· teacher’s guide
Pages 62-64
Home and community
2. Be honest
· recitation
· memorization
1
Fairness
By the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State how he/she can be fair
At home, school and in
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· the good news bible:
Genesis 37: 12-35
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 57
· teacher’s guide
Pages 64-66
Community
2. Be fair
· singing
· narration
142
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
12. Con-
Cern and
Sharing
concern for
The needy
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. State ways in which he/she
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Matthew 25:40
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Pages 58-61
· teacher’s guide
Can help people in need
· role play
· charts
pages 67-68
2. Identify with the needy
The rich
by the end of the lesson the
· scripture reading
· the good news bible:
· pupil’s book
1
woman from
Shunem
learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of elisha and
The woman from shunem
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
2 kings 4:8-17
· chalkboard
· pictures
page 58
· teacher’s guide
Pages 68-69
2. Be willing to share his/her
Possessions with others
· singing
2
early chris-
Tians shared
Their posses-
Sions
by the end of the lesson the
Leaner should be able to:
1. State how the early christians
Shared their possessions
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· narration
· the good news bible:
Acts 4:32-37
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 59
· teacher’s guide
Pages 69-70
2. Desire to share their
Possessions with others
· role play
1
sharing in
Traditional
African
Society
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Mention how possessions
Were shared in the traditional
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· memorization
· the good news bible
· chalkboard
· resource person
· pupil’s book
Page 60
· teacher’s guide
Pages 70-71
African society
2. Be willing to share his/her
Possessions with others
2
voluntary
Agencies
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Name voluntary agencies
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible
· chalkboard
· resource person
· pupil’s book
Page 61
· teacher’s guide
That care for the needy
2. Appreciate the role of
Voluntary agencies
· story telling
· field trip
pages 71-72
1
13. Jesus
Christ
Cares for
the blind
Man is healed
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the healing of
· scripture reading
· explanation
· narration
· the good news bible:
Mark 10:46-52
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 62
· teacher’s guide
the needy
the blind man
2. Be willing to care for others
· dramatization
· questions and answers
143
pages 72-73
For use with living in christ standard two
living in christ standard two
Schemes of work
Term 3
Lessons
topic references
Activities resources
Remarks
2
healing of the
Ten lepers
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the healing of
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Luke 17:12-19
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 63
· teacher’s guide
The lepers
2. Be willing to care for others
· role play
· drawing
pages 73-74
1
healing of
Jairus’ daugh-
Ter
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the raising of
Jairus’ daughter
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· role play
· the good news bible:
Luke 8:40-56
· chalkboard
· real objects: clothes,
· pupil’s book
Page 64
· teacher’s guide
Pages 74-75
2. Be willing to care for others
· drawing and colouring
· singing
food etc
2
raising the
Widow’s son
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Tell the story of the raising of
The son of the widow of nain
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· miming
· the good news bible:
Luke 7:11-15
· chalkboard
· charts
· pupil’s book
Page 65
· teacher’s guide
Page 76
2. Be willing to care for others
· prayer
· singing
1
our readiness
To care for
Others
by the end of the lesson the
Learner should be able to:
1. Identify people who need
· scripture reading
· explanation
· questions and answers
· the good news bible:
Acts 3:1-6
· chalkboard
· pupil’s book
Page 66
· teacher’s guide
help
2. Be willing to care for the
Needy
· story telling
· dramatization
· singing
144
page 77
For use with living in christ standard two
-----------------------
WEEK1
WEEK2
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
6
WEEK3
WEEK4
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
7
WEEK5
WK6
WEEK7
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
8
WEEK8
WEEK9
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
9
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK11
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
10
WEEK1
WEEK2
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
11
WEEK3
WEEK4
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
12
WEEK4
WEEK5
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
13
WEEK6
WEEK7
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
14
WEEK7
WEEK8
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
15
WEEK9
WEEK10
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
16
WEEK11
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
17
WK1
WEEK2
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
18
WEEK3
WEEK4
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
19
WEEK4
WEEK5
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
20
WEEK5
WEEK6
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
21
WEEK7
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
22
WEEK8
WEEK9
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
23
WEEK9
WEEK10
WK11
LESSONS TOPICS OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING
TEACHING AIDS REFERENCES REMARKS
24
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA |MAAMKIZI
IRABU A/A
IRABU A/A
IRABU E/E
IRABU E/E |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
MAAMKIZI, K.M. HUJAMBO: SIJAMBO. HABARI: NZURI.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, NA KUTAMKA IRABU A/A.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA NA KUANDIKA IRABU A/A.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA NA KUTAMKA IRABU
E/E.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA NA KUANDIKA IRABU
E/E. |KUZUNGUMZIA PICHA MOJAMOJA,
KUSOMA NA KUIGA MAAMKIZI.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA. |PICHA,
WANAFUNZI,
ANDAZI, ASKARI,
KALAMU,
KARATASI, EMBE,
EROPLENI |UK 2
UK 3
UK 4
UK 4 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA |IRABU I/I
IRABU I/I
IRABU O/O
IRABU O/O
IRABU U/U |· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, NA KUTAMKA IRABU I/I.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, NA KUANDIKA IRABU I/I.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, NA KUTAMKA IRABU
O/O.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, NA KUANDIKA IRABU O/O.
· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, NA KUTAMKA IRABU
U/U. |KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA. |IMLA, KALAMU,
KARATASI,
OVAROLI, UA,
UBAO |UK 4
UK 4
UK 4
UK 5
UK 5 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUANDIKA
KUZUNGUMZA
NA KUSIKILIZA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA |IRABU U/U
MAAMKIZI
SILABIUK 4
UK 5
UK 5 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUANDIKA
KUZUNGUMZA
NA KUSIKILIZA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA |IRABU U/U
MAAMKIZI
SILABI BA
HERUfi B/B
SILABI BA |· KUWASAIDIA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, NA KUANDIKA IRABU
U/U.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA SAWA WA
MAAMKIZI KWA KUFUATA UMRI WA WALE WANAOWAAMKIA, K.M.
SHIKAMOO BABA/MAMA (WATU WAZIMA). MARAHABA (JIBU).
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI BA BE BI
BO BU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi NA MAUMBO B, B.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI BA BE BI BO BU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUELEZA, KUAMKIANA, KUIGA.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA. |KALAMU,
KARATASI,
WANAFUNZI,
KADI NA PICHA
ZENYE SILABI |UK 5
UK 6
UK 7
UK 7
UK 8 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA1
JUMA2
JUMA3
MAONI
26
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |SILABI CH
HERUfi CH NA
MAUMBO
SILABI CHA
TARAKIMU
SILABI DA |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI CHA CHE
CHI CHO CHU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi CH NA MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI CHA CHE CHI CHO CHU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU NA KUTAMBUA TARAKIMU 1
(MOJA) HADI 10 (KUMI) MBALI NA KUIMBA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI DA DE DI
DO DU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI. |KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUHESABU, KUANDIKA,
KUIMBA,
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA. |KADI ZENYE
SILABI,
KALAMU,
KARATASI, VIFAA
VYA KUHESABU |UK 7
UK 7
UK 9
UK 10
UK 11 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA |HERUfi D/D
NA MAUMBO
SILABI DA
SILABI FA
HERUfi F/F
NA MAUMBO
SILABI FA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi D/D NA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI DA DE DI DO DU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI FA FE fi
FO FU, N KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi F/F NA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI FA FE fi FO FU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA. |KALAMU NA
KARATASI,
KADI, PICHA |UK 11
UK 12
UK 11
UK 11
UK 13 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA |HUYU, HAWA
TARAKIMU
SILABI GA
HERUfi G/G
NA MAUMBO
SILABI GA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI A-W, K.M.
HUYU NI MVULANA. HAWA NI WAVULANA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA, NA KUANDIKA
TARAKIMU 11 HADI 20.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI GA GE GI
GO GU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi G/G NA MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI GA GE GI GO GU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA,
KUELEZA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUHESABU,
KUANDIKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA. |PICHA
KITABUNI,
KADI, VIFAA VYA
KUHESABU |UK 13
UK 14
UK 15
UK 15
UK 16 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA4
JUMA5
JUMA6
MAONI
27
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi |HILI, HAYA
SILABI HA
HERUfi H/H
SILABI HA
HILI, HAYA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI LI-YA,
K.M. HILI NI BEGA. HAYA NI MABEGA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI HA HE HI
HO HU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi H/H NA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI HA HE HI HO HU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI LI-YA,
K.M. HILI NI DEBE. HAYA NI MADEBE. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI,
KADI, PICHA |UK 16
UK 15
UK 15
UK 17
UK 17 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5 |KISIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi |ADABU
SILABI JA
HERUfi J/J
SILABI JA
HILI, HAYA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
ADABU, K.M., AHSANTE, TAFADHALI, NAOMBA, POLE NA KUIGA
FUNZO HILO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI JA JE JI JO
JU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi J/J NA MAUMBO YAKE
J.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI JA JE JI JO JU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI LI-YA,
K.M. HILI NI JICHO. HAYA NI MACHO. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUIGA,
KUTAMKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI,
KADI |UK 18
UK 19
UK 19
UK 20
UK 20 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA |SILABI KA
HERUfi K/K
SILABI KA
HUYU, HAWA
TARAKIMU |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI KA KE KI
KO KU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi K/K NA MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI KA KE KI KO KU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI A-WA,
K.M. HUYU NI KOBE. HAWA NI KOBE.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA NA KUANDIKA
TARAKIMU 21 HADI 30. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA,
KUELEZA, KUTUMIA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA.
KUHESABU, KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 21
UK 19
UK 21
UK 21
UK 22 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA7
JUMA8
JUMA9
MAONI
28
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA |SILABI LA
HERUfi L/L
SILABI LA
HILI, HAYA
SILABI MA |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI LA LE LI
LO LU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi L/L NA MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI LA LE LI LO LU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI LI-YA,
K.M. HILI NI LORI. HAYA NI MALORI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI MA ME
MI MO MU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUANDIKA, KUSOMA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 23
UK 23
UK 24
UK 24
UK 25 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA |HERUfi M/M
SILABI MA
TARAKIMU
SILABI NA
HERUfi N/N |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi M/M NA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI MA ME MI MO MU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU NA KUTAMBUA TARAKIMU
31 HADI 40.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI NA NE NI
NO NU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi N/N PAMOJA NA
MAUMBO YAKE. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUHESABU,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA. |PICHA, KADI,
VIFAA VYA
KUHESABU |UK 23
UK 25
UK 26
UK 28
UK 27 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi |SILABI NA
SILABI PA
HERUfi P/P
SILABI PA
HII, HIZI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI NA NE NI NO NU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI PA PE PI
PO PU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi P/P NA PIA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI PA PE PI PO PU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI I-ZI, K.M.
HII NI KALAMU. HIZI NI KALAMU. |KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA, KUTAMKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA, KUSOMA,
KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA.
KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 28
UK 29
UK 27
UK 29
UK 29 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA10
JUMA11
JUMA12
MAONI
29
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi |MAUMBO
SILABI RA
HERUfi R/R
SILABI RA
HIKI, HIVI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA MAUMBO,
K.M. MSTARI, DUARA, MRABA, MSATALILI, MARA DUFU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI RA RE RI
RO RU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi R/R NA PIA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI RA RE RI RO RU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI KI-VI,
K.M. HIKI NI KIDOLE. HIVI NI VIDOLE. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUONYESHA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 30
UK 32
UK 31
UK 32
UK 32 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA13
MAONI
30
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA |SILABI SA
HERUfi S/S
SILABI SA
HII, HIZI
TARAKIMU |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI SA SE SI
SO SU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi S/S NA MAUMBO
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI SA SE SI SO SU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI I-ZI, K.M.
HII NI SAA. HIZI NI SAA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAMKA
TARAKIMU NA KUHESABU 41 HADI 50. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUHESABU,
KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 33
UK 31
UK 33
UK 33
UK 34 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA |SILABI TA
HERUfi T/T
SILABI TA
HIKI, HIVI
SILABI VA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI TA TE TI TO
TU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi T/T PAMOJA NA
MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI TA TE TI TO TU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI KI-VI,
K.M. HIKI NI KITABU. HIVI NI VITABU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI VA VE VI
VO VU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAMKA,
KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAMKA,
KUTAJA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 35
UK 35
UK 36
UK 36
UK 37 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |HERUfi V/V
SILABI VA
HUU, HII
TARAKIMU
SILABI WA |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi V/V PAMOJA NA
MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI VA VE VI VO VU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI U-I, K.M.
HUU NI MLANGO. HII NI MILANGO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAMKA
TARAKIMU NA KUHESABU 51 HADI 60.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI WA WE WI
WO WU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUHESABU.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAJA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 37
UK 37
UK 37
UK 38
UK 39 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA1
JUMA2
JUMA3
MAONI
31
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA |HERUfi W/W
SILABI WA
SILABI YA
HERUfi Y/Y
SILABI YA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi W/W PAMOJA NA
MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI WA WE WI WO WU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI YA YE YI
YO YU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi Y/Y PAMOJA NA
MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI YA YE YI YO YU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA KUTAMBUA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 39
UK 40
UK 40
UK 39
UK 40 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |SILABI ZA
HERUfi Z/Z
SILABI ZA
SILABI NGA
RANGI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUSOMA SILABI ZA ZE ZI
ZO ZU, NA KUTAJA MANENO YENYE SILABI HIZI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA HERUfi Z/Z PAMOJA NA
MAUMBO YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI ZA ZE ZI ZO ZU, KUZISOMA NA KUZIANDIKA
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI NG NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA RANGI,
K.M. NYEUPE, NYEUSI, NYEKUNDU, NA KUZITUMIA KATIKA NGELI I-ZI |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUTAMKA.
KUSOMA, KUANDIKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 41
UK 39
UK 41
UK 42
UK 42 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA |RANGI
RANGI
SILABI NY
VITENZI
VYEPESI
TARAKIMU |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA RANGI,
K.M. NYEUPE, NYEUSI, NYEKUNDU NA KUZITUMIA KATIKA NGELI
LI-YA (UMOJA).
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA RANGI,
NA KUZITUMIA KATIKA NGELI LI-YA (WINGI).
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI NY NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUSOMA KWA UFASAHA NA KUANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
VITENZI VYEPESI, K.M. SIMAMA, CHEKA, KETI, CHORA, LIA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUHESABU NA KUTAMBUA
TARAKIMU 61 HADI 70. |KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAMKA
SAWA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA,
KUSOMA.
KUHESABU, KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA,
VIFAA VYA
KUHESABU |UK 42
UK 42
UK 43
UK 43
UK 44 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA4
JUMA5
JUMA6
MAONI
32
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA |SILABI SH
SILABI ND
ANGANI
VITENDAWILI
TARAKIMU |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI SH NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI ND NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUSOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA ANGANI, K.M. MBINGU, JUA, MWEZI, NA NYOTA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTEGA NA KUTEGUA BAADHI YA VITENDAWILI
NA KUFURAHIA VITENDAWILI HIVYO VINAYOTAJA MSAMIATI WA ANGA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA NA KUANDIKA
TARAKIMU 71 HADI 80. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSIKILIZA, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUTEGUA, KUFURAHIA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUHESABU,
KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 45
UK 45
UK 46
UK 47
UK 48 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |SILABI MB
SILABI NZ
SILABI MK
SILABI MS
SIKU ZA WIKI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI MB NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI NZ
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI MK NA SILABI MYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI MS NA SILABI MYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA SIKU ZA WIKI KWA
KUIMBA KWA MAHADHI MAZURI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA,
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUIMBA,
KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 49
UK 49
UK 51
UK 51
UK 50 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |TARAKIMU
SILABI MT
SILABI MW
NYAKATI ZA
SIKU
SILABI NG’ |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA NA KUANDIKA
TARAKIMU 81 HADI 90.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI MT
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA
SILABI MW NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA
KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA NYAKATI ZA SIKU NA
KUZITUMIA, K.M. ASUBUHI, MCHANA, JIONI, USIKU.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI NG’
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA. |KUSOMA, KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA.
KUIMBA, KUANDIKA, KUSOMA,
KUTAMKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 52
UK 53
UK 53
UK 54
UK 55 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA7
JUMA8
JUMA9
MAONI
33
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |SILABI MF
TARAKIMU
SILABI DH
SILABI TH
SILABI GH |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI MF
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA, KUZISOMA NA
KUZIANDIKA TARAKIMU 91 HADI 100.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI H
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI TH
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA MANENO KWA KUUNGANISHA SILABI GH
NA SILABI NYINGINE, KUZISOMA KWA MATAMSHI SAWA NA KUZIANDIKA. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUHESABU,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUUNGANISHA,
KUANDIKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUUNGANISHA, KUANDIKA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 55
UK 56
UK 57
UK 57
UK 57 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUZUNGUMZA
SARUfi
SARUfi
SARUfi |NYUMBANI
NYUMBANI
KI-VI
LI-YA
U-I |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA NYUMBANI
NA KUTUMIA, K.M. MKEKA, SUFURIA, KITANDA, MEZA, KITI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
NYUMBANI NA KUTUMIA, K.M. SUFURIA, MWIKO, KIJIKO, KIKOMBE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA UMOJA NA WINGI WA NGELI YA
KI-VI, MSAMIATI WA VITU VYA NYUMBANI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA UMOJA NA WINGI WA NGELI YA
LI-YA, MSAMIATI WA VITU VYA NYUMBANI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA UMOJA NA WINGI WA NGELI YA
U-I, MSAMIATI WA VITU VYA NYUMBANI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUZUNGUMZA.
KUELEZA, KUZUNGUMZA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUUNDA
UMOJA NA WINGI.
KUUNDA UMOJA NA WINGI.
KUUNDA UMOJA NA WINGI. |KADI, PICHA |UK 58
UK 58
UK 59
UK 59
UK 60 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |I-ZI
HADITHI
DARASANI
DARASANI
DARASANI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA UMOJA NA WINGI WA NGELI YA
I-ZI, MSAMIATI WA VITU VYA NYUMBANI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSIMULIA HADITHI KWA KUFUATIA
MFULULIZO WA MICHORO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA DARASANI
NA MATUMIZI YAKE, K.M. KITI, KITABU, KIFUTIO, KICHONGEO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
DARASANI.
· NGELI A-WA, K.M. MWALIMU, MWANAFUNZI. NGELI LI-YA, K.M.
DAWATI, DAFTARI. NGELI KI-VI. NGELI U-I. NGELI U-U. |KUUNDA UMOJA NA WINGI,
KUTAZAMA PICHA.
KUULIZA, KUJIBU, KUELEZA, KUTOA
HADITHI.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA
KUZUNGUMZA.
KUELEZA, KUZUNGUMZA.
KUELEZA, KUZUNGUMZA. |KADI, PICHA,
MICHORO
KITABUNI |UK 60
UK 61
UK 62
UK 63
UK 63 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA10
JUMA11
JUMA12
MAONI
34
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
SARUfi
SARUfi
SARUfi
SARUfi |HIKI, HIVI
KILE, VILE
HILI, HAYA
LILE, YALE
HUYU, HAWA
YULE, WALE
HII, HIZI
ILE, ZILE
WAKATI
ULIOPO- NA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI KI-VI,
K.M HIKI, HIVI, KILE, VILE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI LI-YA,
K.M. HILI, HAYA, LILE, YALE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI A-WA,
K.M. HUYU, HAWA, YULE, WALE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI I-ZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA WAKATI ULIOPO -NA, K.M.
ANASOMA, ANAANDIKA, ANACHEZA. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA. |KADI, PICHA |UK 63
UK 63
UK 64
UK 64
UK 65 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA |VYAKULA VYETU
MATUMIZI YA
NANI
WAKATI
ULIOPITA-LI
HADITHI
BEI ZA BIDHAA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA VYAKULA
VYETU, K.M. UGALI, WALI, NYAMA, SAMAKI, NDIZI, PURE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA NENO NANI KWA NJIA YA KUIGA
KAMA VILE KITABUNI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA WAKATI ULIOPITA -LI, K.M. JANA
ALISAfiRI. JUZI ALIRUDI NYUMBANI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUELEZA HADITHI YA KOBE NA
SUNGURA KWA KUTAZAMA MFULULIZO WA PICHA KITABUNI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA MSAMIATI WA SOKONI NA BEI ZA
BIDHAA ZINAZOUZWA SOKONI. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUELEZA,
KUZUNGUMZA, KUULIZA.
KUJIBU, KUSOMA, KUTAJA, KUELEZA. |PICHA KITABUNI |UK 66
UK 67
UK 68
UK 69
UK 70 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
SARUfi
KUSOMA
KUSOMA
SARUfi |MATUNDA
SIFA NGELI,
LI-YA
SOKONI
MAVAZI
KUMILIKI
NGELI, LI-YA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
MATUNDA, K.M. EMBE, CHUNGWA, NANASI, NDIMU, TIKITI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA (SIFA) VIVUMISHI KATIKA NGELI
LI-YA, K.M. CHUNGWA DOGO. MACHUNGWA MADOGO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA SOKONI,
K.M. BOGA, NYANYA, KITUNGUU, SUKUMAWIKI, NJUGU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA MAVAZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI VYA SAWA VYA NGELI
LI-YA, K.M. KOTI LAKO/LAKE. MAKOTI YAKO/YAKE. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAJA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA. |PICHA KITABUNI |UK 71
UK 72
UK 73
UK 74
UK 75 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA1
JUMA2
JUMA3
MAONI
35
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
SARUfi |VIULIZI -
WAPI? NANI?
PICHA HADITHI
DUKANI
KIVUMISHI
NGELI KI-VI
KIVUMISHI
NGELI U - I |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIULIZI: WAPI? NANI? K.M.
UNATOKA WAPI? RAfiKI YAKO NI NANI?
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUELEZA HADITHI KWA KUFUATA
MFULULIZO WA MICHORO JUU YA MBWA MWENYE TAMAA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA DUKANI,
K.M. SUKARI, MKATE, CHUMVI, MAZIWA, MAFUTA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA KIVUMISHI (SIFA) KATIKA NGELI
YA KI-VI, K.M. KITI KIKUBWA. VITI VIKUBWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA KIVUMISHI (SIFA) KATIKA NGELI
YA U-I, K.M. MKOBA MKUBWA. MIKOBA MIKUBWA. |KUSOMA, KUIGA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA, KUTAZAMA, KUZUNGUMZA.
KUELEZA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUELEZA.
KUTAMBUA, KUIGA, KUSOMA,
KUELEZA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA, KUSOMA,
KUELEZA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 76
UK 77
UK 78
UK 79
UK 79 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5 |SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
SARUfi |WAKATI UJAO
-TA
PICHA
HADITHI
AFYA NA USAfi
SIFA, NGELI
A-WA
NOMINO,
NYAKATI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA KIAMBISHI K – TA CHA WAKATI
UJAO, K.M. KESHO NITASAfiRI. USIKU LEO NITALALA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUELEZA HADITHI YA MUUZA KOfiA KWA
KUFUATA MFULULIZO WA MICHORO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA AFYA NA USAfi.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA KIVUMISHI (USAfi) KATIKA
NGELI YA A-WA, K.M. MTOTO MREFU. WATOTO WAREFU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUNGA SENTENSI ZENYE NOMINO,
NYAKATI NA VITENZI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUTUMIA.
KUANDIKA, KUTAZAMA PICHA,
KUULIZA, KUTOA HADITHI, KUFURAHIA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 80
UK 81
UK 82
UK 83
UK 84 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA
KUSOMA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
SARUfi
KUSOMA |HADITHI
WANYAMA NA
NDEGE
VITENDAWILI
KUMILIKI,
NGELI
A-WA
NDEGE |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA HADITHI, KUFAHAMU NA KUPATA
FUNZO LILIOMO KATIKA HADITHI HIYO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
WANYAMA NA NDEGE WA NYUMBANI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTEGA NA KUTEGUA VITENDAWILI VYA
NDEGE NA WANYAMA WA NYUMBANI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI KATIKA NGELI YA A-
WA, K.M. KUKU WANGU NI HUYU. KUKU WETU NI HAWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA NDEGE,
K.M. BATA, KUNGURU, NJIWA, KUKU, JOGOO. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUULIZA,
KUJIBU.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUSIKILIZA, KUTEGA,
KUTEGUA
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA MICHORO, KUTAJA,
KUIGA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 85
UK 86
UK 87
UK 88
UK 89 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA4
JUMA5
JUMA6
MAONI
36
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5 |KUSOMA
SARUfi
SARUfi
SARUfi
KUSOMA |UKOO
KUMILIKI,
NGELI KI-VI
KUMILIKI,
NGELI U-I
VIHUSISHI
HADITHI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA UKOO, K.M.
BABU, BIBI, KAKA, DADA, BABA, MAMA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKISHI VYA SAWA KATIKA
NGELI YA KI-VI, K.M. KITI CHANGU/CHAKO/CHAKE. VITI VYANGU/
VYAKO/VYAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI VYA SAWA KATIKA NGELI
YA U-I, K.M. MLANGO WANGU/WAKO/WAKE. MILANGO YANGU/YAKO/
YAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIHUSISHI VYA SAWA KATIKA
SENTENSI, K.M. NDANI YA, CHINI YA, MBALI NA, JUU YA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA HADITHI, KUIELEWA NA
KUFAHAMU FUNZO LILIOMO NDANI YA HADITHI HIYO. |KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUULIZA,
KUJIBU. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 90/91
UK 91
UK 91
UK 92
UK 93 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
SARUfi
SARUfi |MWILI WANGU
MWILI WANGU
VITENDAWILI
NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA
NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA SEHEMU
ZA MWILI, K.M. NYWELE, USO, JICHO, PUA, MDOMO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA SEHEMU
ZA MWILI, K.M. SHINGO, BEGA, KIFUA, TUMBO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTEGA NA KUTEGUA VITENDAWILI VYA
SEHEMU ZA MWILI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUNGA SENTENSI ZENYE NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA, NYAKATI NA VITENZI. NGELI A-WA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUNGA SENTENSI ZENYE NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA, NYAKATI NA VITENZI. NGELI U-I. |KUTAZAMA MCHORO KITABUNI,
KUSOMA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTEGA,
KUTEGUA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |WANAFUNZI
WENYEWE,
PICHA
KITABUNI,
KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 94/95
UK 94/95
UK 95
UK 96
UK 96 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
MSAMIATI
SARUfi |NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA
NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA
HADITHI
SHULE YETU
KINYUME |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUNGA SENTENSI ZENYE NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA, NYAKATI NA VITENZI. NGELI KI-VI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUNGA SENTENSI ZENYE NOMINO,
VIASHIRIA, NYAKATI NA VITENZI. NGELI LI-YA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTOA HADITHI YA KUWAHURUMIA
WANYAMA, KUFUATA MFULULIZO WA MICHORO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA SHULE NA
MATUMIZI YAKE, K.M. UWANJA, BENDERA, KENGELE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA VINYUME VYA
VITENZI. |KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA MICHORO, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUTOA HADITHI, KUULIZA, KUJIBU,
KUTAZAMA PICHA NA KUIZUNGUMZIA.
KUSOMA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU, KUSOMA,
KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 96
UK 96
UK 97
UK 98
UK 99 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA7
JUMA8
JUMA9
MAONI
37
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3. |SARUfi
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |KUAMURU
HADITHI
HADITHI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSIKILIZA NA KUFUATA MAAGIZO
MEPESI KATIKA UMOJA NA WINGI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA HADITHI, KUIELEWA, KUJIBU
MASWALI NA KUFAHAMU FUNZO LILIOPO KATIKA HADITHI HIYO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA KISA KUKIFAHAMU,
KUKIFURAHIKIA NA KUJUA FUNZO LILIOPO KATIKA KISA HICHO. |KUSOMA, KUSIKILIZA, KUTEKELEZA,
KUTUMIA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUELEWA, KUJIBU.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 100
UK 101
UK 102 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA10
MAONI
38
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
40
WEEK5WEEK7WEEK6
WEEK8
WEEK9WEEK10
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
41
WEEK11
WEEK1
WEEK2
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
6
42
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
43
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8WEEK9
WEEK10–11
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
44
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3WEEK4
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
45
WEEK5WEEK6WEEK7WEEK8–12
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
46
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
48
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
49
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK11
WEEK13WEEK12
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
50
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
51
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
52
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
53
WEEK11
WEEK12
WEEK13
WEEK14
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
54
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
55
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
56
WEEK8
WEEK10
WEEK9
WEEK11
WEEK12
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
57
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
60
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10WEEK11WEEK12
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
61
WEEK1WEEK2WEEK3WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6WEEK7
WEEK8
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
· PICTURES
62
WEEK9
WEEK10WEEK11
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
63
WEEK1WEEK2WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
64
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK11
WEEK
12
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
65
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
68
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
69
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK1
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
70
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
71
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
72
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK11
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
73
WEEK11
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
74
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
75
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
76
WEEK1
WEEK2
WORK COVERED IN CLASS ONE. · ASKING AND ANSWERING ORAL QUESTIONS. PAST EXAM PAPERS
ORAL
78
WEEK2
WEEK3
· READ flUENTLY AND ACCURATELY THE
ANSWER ORAL QUESTIONS.
PARK’.
· READ ALOUD AS PUPIL’S FOLLOW AND
· PLAY THE GAME AND SING THE SONG
79
READING LEARNERS SHOULD BE ABLE TO: · REVISE THE VOCABULARY AND LANGUAGE
WEEK3
WEEK4
· TALK ABOUT WHAT THE PUPILS WEAR TO
SCHOOL, BRING TO SCHOOL AND DO IN
· DISCUSS THE PICTURE IN THE PUPIL’S
BOOK.
· DEMONSTRATE GIVEN ACTIONS, E.G.
SHARPENING A PENCIL.
· EXPLAIN AND PRONOUNCE NEW WORDS.
· ASK AND ANSWER ORAL QUESTIONS.
ORAL LEARNERS SHOULD BE ABLE TO CONSTRUCT
80
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
81
WEEK7
WEEK8
82
WEEK8
WEEK9
83
WEEK10
WEEK11
· A BOX WITH PIECES OF
OF A HOUSE BUILT ON A HILL
84
WEEK1
WEEK2
85
WEEK2
WEEK3
· DEMONSTRATING TO TEACH CERTAIN NEW
WORDS, E.G. RUB, PREPARE, ETC.
· REVISING THE PATTERNS: WHAT IS THIS?
86
WEEK3
WEEK4
· DEMONSTRATING GIVEN ACTIONS.
· PICTURE IN THE PUPIL’S
· EXPLAIN AND PRONOUNCING NEW
BOOK
WORDS.
87
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
88
WEEK7
WEEK8
· ASKING PUPILS WHEN AND AT WHAT TIME
· COMPLETE THE PUZZLE
· COPY SENTENCES.
WRITING LEARNERS SHOULD BE ABLE TO:
89
WEEK9
WEEK10
· WRITING DOWN CORRECT ANSWERS.
90
WEEK10
WEEK11
IN TERMS ONE AND TWO CORRECTLY
91
WEEK1
WEEK2
92
WEEK2
WEEK3
93
WEEK3
WEEK4
94
WEEK5
WEEK6
95
WEEK7
WEEK8
96
WEEK8
WEEK9
97
WEEK10
WEEK11
ORAL
98
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi |MAAMKIZI
IMLA
ADABU NJEMA
ADABU NJEMA
NGELI YA U-I |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA MAAMKIZI
BAINA YAO NA WATU WAZIMA, K.M. SHIKAMOO - MARAHABA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSIKILIZA NA KUANDIKA IMLA YA
MANENO YANAYOWATATIZA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA MAAMKIZI NA
ADABU NJEMA KWA KUIGA MAZUNGUMZO YA KITABUNI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA ADABU NJEMA
KATIKA SENTENSI, K.M. HODI, POLE, KARIBU, TAFADHALI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA WINGI WA MSAMIATI WA NGELI
U-I, K.M. MLANGO - MILANGO; MSWAKI - MISWAKI; MPIRA - MIPIRA. |KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUELEZA, KUAMKIANA, KUIGA,
KUFAHAMISHA.
KUSIKILIZA, KUSEMA NENO,
KUANDIKA IMLA, KUSAHIHISHA IMLA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA
NA KUELEZA, KUIGA PICHA, KUIGA
MAZUNGUMZO.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA, KUSAHIHISHA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUUNDA, KUANDIKA. |WANAFUNZI
WENYEWE,
KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI
MPIRA,
MSWAKI,
MKOBA,
MKONO |UK 2
UK 2
UK 3
UK 3
UK 4 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUANDIKA
KUANDIKA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |HERUfi KUBWA
NA NDOGO
HERUfi KUBWA
NA NDOGO
HERUfi KUBWA
NA NDOGO
MAAMKIZI
MAAMKIZI |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA ALFABETI AA MPAKA HH
KATIKA HERUfi KUBWA NA NDOGO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA ALFABETI II MPAKA PP
KATIKA HERUfi KUBWA NA NDOGO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUANDIKA ALFABETI RR MPAKA ZZ
KATIKA HERUfi KUBWA NA NDOGO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA MAAMKIZI
BAINA YAO NA WATU WAZIMA, NA BAINA YAO WAO WENYEWE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUONGOZA MSAMIATI WA
MAAMKIZI KWA KUJIBU MAAMKIZI YALIYOPO KITABUNI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUTAMKA.
KUTOFAUTISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA ZOTE MBILI,
MOJAMOJA KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA
PICHA, KUSOMA, KUIGA.
KUSOMA, KUSEMA, KUELEZA.
KUANDIKA, KUSAHIHISHA. |KADI NA
KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI,
WANAFUNZI
WENYEWE |UK 5
UK 5
UK 5
UK 6
UK 6 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUSEMA
SARUfi
MTUNGO WA
PICHA
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA |HERUfi KUBWA
NA NDOGO
NGELI YA
A - WA
ADABU NJEMA
VITENDAWILI
MAMBO |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTAJA MANENO
YANAYOANZA KWA HERUfi KUBWA NA NDOGO ZA ALFABETI ZOTE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUUNDA WINGI WA MSAMIATI WA NGELI A - WA,
K.M. MWANAFUNZI -WANAFUNZI; MWALIMU - WALIMU; MTOTO - WATOTO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUELEZA HADITHI KWA NJIA YA KUELEZA
YANAYOFANYIKA KATIKA MTIRIRIKO WA PICHA NNE KITABUNI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTEGA NA KUTEGUA VITENDAWILI KWA
MSAADA WA MICHORO YALIYOMO KITABUNI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA MAMBO, K.M. DUARA, MARA DUFU, MRABA, MSTATILI,
PEMBE TATU. |KUTAZAMA PICHA MOJAMOJA,
KUELEZA, KUTAJA MSAMIATI
UNAOFAA, KUULIZA NA KUJIBU.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA
JUU YA PICHA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA, KUTOA
HADITHI FUPI, KUULIZA JUU YA PICHA.
KUELEZA, KUIGA, KUPATA FUNZO,
KUZUNGUMZA NA KUTAMBUA MICHORO.
KUSOMA, KUTEGA, KUTEGUA,
KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA, KUKARIRI SHAIRI,
KUTOA MIFANO. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI,
VIFUNGO,
DIRISHA,
MLANGO, KADI |UK 7
UK 8
UK 9
UK 10
UK 11 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA1
JUMA2
JUMA3
MAONI
100
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUSIKILIZA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUSEMA |FUMBO
NGELI YA LI
- YA
SILABI BA
SILABI CHA
MAVAZI |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSIKILIZA MAFUMBO NA PIA KUYATATUA
MBALI NA KUTOA MAFUMBO YAO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA MSAMIATI WA NGELI LI-YA
KWA KUUNDA WINGI NA UMOJA WAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MSAMIATI WENYE
SILABI BA BE BI BO BU, MWANZONI NA MWISHONI PIA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MSAMIATI WENYE
SILABI CHA CHE CHI CHO CHU, MWANZONI NA MWISHONI PIA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
MAVAZI NA KUONYESHA TOFAUTI BAINA YAO (KARIUKI, MWAVITA
NA NEEMA). |KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA FUMBO,
KUSIKILIZA NA KUfiKIRI, KUTATUA
FUMBO
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA
KUTAMBUA, KUONYESHA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 11
UK 12
UK 13
UK 13
UK 14 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUSEMA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |MAVAZI
RANGI
NGELI YA KI
- VI
SILABI DA
SILABI FA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
MAVAZI NA KUONYESHA TOFAUTI BAINA YAO (ABDI, OMITI NA
MARIA).
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA RANGI, K.M. NYEKUNDU, KIJANI, BULUU, MANJANO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NOMINO ZA NGELI KI-VI NA
KUUNDA UMOJA NA WINGI WAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MSAMIATI WENYE
SILABI DA DE DI DO DU, MWANZONI NA MWISHONI PIA
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MSAMIATI WENYE
SILABI FA FE fi FO FU, MWANZONI NA MWISHONI PIA. |KUTAZAMA, KUTAJA, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUSOMA.
KUTUMIA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA. |MAVAZI HALISI,
RANGI HALISI |UK 14
UK 15
UK 16
UK 17
UK 17 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA
KUSOMA |SAA
SAA
NGELI YA I - ZI
SILABI GA
SILABI HA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, NA KUANDIKA SAA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTAMBUA SAA NA VITENDO
WANAVYOFANYA WATU HAO MBALIMBALI KITABUNI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA NOMINO ZA NGELI I - ZI NA
KUJUA KWAMBA UMOJA NA WINGI WAKE HAUBADILIKI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MANENO YENYE
SILABI GA GE GI GO GU, MWANZONI NA MWISHONI PIA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MANENO YENYE
SILABI HA HE HI HO HU, MWANZONI NA MWISHONI PIA. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAZAMA PICHA,
KUELEZA, KUULIZA NA KUJIBU.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUELEZA.
KUANDIKA, KUTAZAMA PICHA,
KUELEZA, KUANDIKA. |SAA HALISI,
PICHA
KITABUNI,
VIFAA HALISI,
PICHA |UK 18
UK 19
UK 20
UK 21
UK 21 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA4
JUMA5
JUMA6
MAONI
101
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |MSAMIATI
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |DARASANI
DARASA LETU
VIASHIRIA
SILABI JA
SILABI KA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA DARASANI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUFAHAMU NA KUJIBU
MASWALI YA UFAHAMU JUU YA DARASA LETU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA VYA NGELI
KI - VI, K.M. HIKI/KILE NI KITABU. HIVI/VILE NI VITABU.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MANENO YENYE
SILABI JA JE JI JO JU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUANDIKA MANENO YENYE
SILABI KA KE KI KO KU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI. |KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA, KUTAJA,
KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA, KUULIZA.
KUJIBU, KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA
PICHA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUULIZA.
KUJIBU, KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTUMIA.
KUTAZAMA MICHORO, KUANDIKA. |VIFAA HALISI,
KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 22
UK 23
UK 24
UK 25
UK 25 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |TARAKIMU
SHULE YETU
KUAMURU NA
KUKANUSHA
SILABI LA
SILABI MA |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUHESABU NA KUTUMIA TARAKIMU NA
MANENO KUTOKA MIA (100) HADI MIA MBILI (200).
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA KUFAHAMU NA KUJIBU MASWALI
YA UFAHAMU JUU YA SHULE YETU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUAMURU NA KUKANUSHA KATIKA UMOJA
NA WINGI WA NAFSI TATU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO KWA
KUTUMIA SILABI LA LE LI LO LU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO KWA
KUTUMIA SILABI MA ME MI MO MU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA
MWISHONI. |KUSOMA, KUHESABU, KUTAMBUA,
VKUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUZUNGUMZIA PICHA,
KUELEZA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTUMIA.
KUUNDA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI,
VIFAA HALISI |UK 26
UK 27
UK 28
UK 29
UK 29 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |CHUMBANI
SAA
VIASHIRIA LI
- YA
SILABI NA
SILABI PA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
CHUMBANI, K.M. MTO, KIZULIA, FORONYA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUELEWA SAA KWA KUSOMA
RATIBA ZA VIPINDI VYA TELEVISHENI NA REDIO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIASHIRIA KATIKA SENTENSI
NYEPESI, WAKITUMIA NGELI LI - YA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO KWA
KUTUMIA SILABI NA NE NI NO NU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA
MWISHONI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO KWA
KUTUMIA SILABI PA PE PI PO PU, MWANZONI, KAKIKATI NA
MWISHONI. |KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUELEZA.
KUANDIKA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUTUMIA, KUZUNGUMZA.
KUANDIKA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTUMIA,
KUUNDA.
KUSOMA, KUUNDA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 30
UK 31
UK 32
UK 33
UK 33 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA7
JUMA8
JUMA9
MAONI
102
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSEMA NA
KUSIKILIZA
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
SARUfi
KUSEMA NA
KUSIKILIZA |JIKONI (FUMBO)
JIKONI
JIKONI
HADITHI KWA
PICHA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA JIKONI KWA NJIA YA MAFUMBO, K.M. UPAWA, KINU,
CHUNGU, MOTO, KARAI.
· KUZIDI KUWAFAHAMISHA WANAFUNZI BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
JIKONI, K.M. CHUPA, SAHANI, GUNIA, MAKAA, JIKO, SUFURIA.
· KUZIDI KUWAFAHAMISHA WANAFUNZI BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
JIKONI, K.M. KIKAANGO, KIKAPU, CHUNGU, MTUNGI, MWIKO,
KISU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTOA HADITHI WAKIFUATA MFULULIZO
WA PICHA ZILIZOCHORWA JUU YA TUMBIRI NA NDIZI. |KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUELEZA, KUFUMBA, KUFUMBUA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTUMIA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA NA
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YAKE.
KUULIZA, KUJIBU, KUELEZA. |PICHA,
KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 34
UK 35
UK 35
UK 36
UK 37 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA10
MAONI
103
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUIGA
KUSOMA
SARUfi
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |ZAWADI
UKOO WA
BAHATI
VIASHIRIA
VIASHIRIA
SILABI RA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA MCHEZO WA HADITHI NA PIA
KUIGA MCHEZO HUO WA ZAWADI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA UKOO, K.M. NYANYA, BABU, MJUKUU, WAZAZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA VIASHIRIA NGELI A
- WA, K.M. YULE NI MWALIMU. WALE NI WALIMU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA VIASHIRIA NGELI U-
I, K.M. ULE NI MGUU. ILE NI MIGUU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO YENYE
SILABI RA RE RI RO RU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI. |KUTAZAMA PICHA NA KUELEZA
YANAYOFANYIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUIGA,
KUSOMA, KUZUNGUMZA, KUELEZA.
KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA, KUSOMA,
KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA NA KUTAJA MICHORO,
KUSOMA, KUSEMA, KUTAMBUA,
KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 38
UK 39
UK 40
UK 40
UK 41 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
SARUfi |SILABI SA
SEHEMU ZA
MWILI
SEHEMU ZA
MWILI
SHAIRI LA MWILI
(SIFA)
VIVUMISHI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO YENYE
SILABI SA SE SI SO SU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA SEHEMU ZA MWILI, NAMBARI MOJA HADI NANE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA SEHEMU ZA MWILI, NAMBARI TISA HADI KUMI NA TANO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUKARIRI SHAIRI LA SEHEMU ZA MWILI KWA
MAHADHI MAZURI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA SIFA KATIKA NGELI A - WA,
K.M. MLINZI MFUPI. WALINZI WAFUPI. |KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA,
KUONYESHA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUONYESHA, KUKARIRI,
KUIGA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA.
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 41
UK 42
UK 42
UK 43
UK 44 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |(SIFA)
VIVUMISHI
SILABI TA
SILABI VA
TARAKIMU
MSAMIATI WA
UKOO |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA SIFA KATIKA NGELI YA U-I, K.M.
MKONO MFUPI. MIKONO MIFUPI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO YENYE
SILABI TA TE TI TO TU MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO YENYE
SILABI VA VE VI VO VU MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUHESABU NA
KUANDIKA TARAKIMU 200 HADI 300.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA UKOO, K.M. AMI, BINAMU, SHANGAZI, MJOMBA, MJUKUU. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA NA
KUZUNGUMZA, KUSOMA,
KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAMBUA, KUTAJA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUHESABU,
KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI,
VIFAA VYA
KUHESABU |UK 44
UK 45
UK 45
UK 46
UK 47 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA1
JUMA2
JUMA3
MAONI
104
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSEMA NA
KUSIKILIZA
MSAMIATI |VIVUMISHI
SILABI WA
SILABI YA
VITENDAWILI
VIFAA VYA
SHAMBANI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIVUMISHI KATIKA NGELI YA
I-ZI, K.M. NYUMBA HII NI NZURI. NYUMBA HIZI NI NZURI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA NA KUUNDA MANENO
YENYE SILABI WA WE WI WO WU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA NA KUUNDA MANENO
YENYE SILABI YA YE YI YO YU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUSIKILIZA, KUTEGA NA
KUTEGUA VITENDAWILI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMBUA VIFAA VYA SHAMBANI NA
MATUMIZI YAKE. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA KATIKA SENTENSI, KUANDIKA.
KUTAJA PICHA, KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA
KUTUMIA, KUUNDA, KUANDIKA.
KUTUMIA, KUUNDA, KUANDIKA,
KUTAJA PICHA, KUSOMA, KUSIKILIZA.
KUTEGA, KUTEGUA, KUFURAHIA,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUELEZA.
KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 48
UK 49
UK 49
UK 50
UK 51 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |VIHUSISHI
SILABI ZA
HERUfi A - H
SHAMBANI
SHAMBANI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA VIHUSISHI, K.M.
MBELE YA, NYUMA YA, NDANI YA, NJE YA, CHINI YA, KARIBU NA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUUNDA MANENO YENYE
SILABI ZA ZE ZI ZO ZU, MWANZONI, KATIKATI NA MWISHONI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA HERUfi KUBWA, A HADI
H, MBELE YA MAJINA YA WATU YANAYOANZA KWA HERUfi A HADI H.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA SHAMBANI, K.M. KUKAMA MAZIWA, KUFYEKA NYASI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEWA, KUULIZA NA KUJIBU
MASWALI YA UFAHAMU. |KUSOMA, KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA
MCHORO, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA,
KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA, KUUNDA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA NA KUZUNGUMZA,
KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 52
UK 53
UK 53
UK 54
UK 55 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI
KUUMBA
SARUfi |KIELEZI
MATAMSHI
B/MB
NDEGE
NDEGE
KIVUMISHI
LI-YA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIELEZI KATIKA SENTENSI, K.M.
TARATIBU, KASI, KIDOGO, KINGI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTOFAUTISHA MATAMSHI
BAINA YA B NA MB KATIKA MANENO MBALIMBALI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA NDEGE,
K.M. BATA, BATA BUKINI, BATAMZINGA, KUNGURU, NJIWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUKARIRI SHAIRI JUU YA NDEGE NA
KUWAWEZESHA KUIMBA KWA MAHADHI YANAYOPENDEZA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIVUMISHI (SIFA) NGELI YA LI-
YA, K.M. DIRISHA KUBWA. MADIRISHA MAKUBWA. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA,
KUTAMBUA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA,
KUIMBA, KUKARIRI, KUANDIKA,
KUCHORA.
KUSOMA, KUTAZAMA PICHA,
KUELEZA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 56
UK 57
UK 58
UK 59
UK 60 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA4
JUMA5
JUMA6
MAONI
105
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI |KIVUMISHI
KI-VI
PICHA HADITHI
ANGA
MIEZI YA
MWAKA
MIEZI YA
MWAKA |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIVUMISHI (SIFA) KATIKA NGELI
YA KI-VI, K.M. KITI KIKUBWA. VITI VIKUBWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTOA HADITHI KWA KUFUATIA MFULULIZO
WA MICHORO YA HADITHI YA KUNGURU NA MBWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA ANGA, K.M. JUA, MAWINGU, MVUA, MWEZI, NYOTA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA MIEZI YA MWAKA KUTOKA JANUARI HADI DESEMBA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI
WA MIEZI YA MWAKA KUTOKA JANUARI HADI DESEMBA. |KUELEZA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUULIZA.
KUJIBU, KUELEZA HADITHI,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA,
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 60
UK 61
UK 62
UK 63
UK 64 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI
KUSOMA NA
KUKARIRI
SARUfi |MATAMSHI
MG/MK
HERUfi KUBWA
WADUDU
KUKARIRI SHAIRI
NYAKATI, NGELI
LI-YA |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTAMKA MANENO YENYE
HERUfi MG AU MK, K.M. MGUU AU MKUU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA HERUfi KUBWA MWANZONI MWA
SIKU ZA WIKI NA KWA MAJINA YA MIEZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
WADUDU, K.M. NYUKI, MBU, NZI, NZIGE, MENDE, PANZI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUKARIRI SHAIRI JUU YA WADUDU NA
KUWAWEZESHA KUIMBA KWA MAHADHI MAZURI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA NYAKATI MBALIMBALI, UNAOKUJA
(-TA), ULIOPO (-NA), NA ULIOPITA (-LI), NA NGELI LI-YA. |KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUTAMBUA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTAMBUA, KUELEZA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA,
KUKARIRI SHAIRI, KUIMBA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUSOMA,
KUELEZA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 65
UK 65
UK 66
UK 67
UK 68 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi |MATAMSHI S/SH
HERUfi KUBWA
I-P
VIFAA VYA USAfi
MAGONJWA
NYAKATI, NGELI
U-I |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO YENYE
HERUfi S NA SH, NA KUTOFAUTISHA, K.M. SIKIO NA SHIKIO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA NA KUANDIKA MAJINA
YA WATU YANAYOANZA KWA HERUfi I HADI P KWA KUANZIA HERUfi
KUBWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA VIFAA
VYA USAfi, K.M. MSWAKI, BRASHI, UFAGIO, WEMBE, CHANUO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUFAHAMU NA KUJIBU MASWALI
YA UFAHAMU JUU YA MAKALA YA MAGONJWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA NYAKATI IJAYO (-TA), ULIOPO
(-NA), NA ULIOPITA (-LI) NA NGELI YA U-I. |KUTAZAMA PICHA, KUZUNGUMZA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTAJA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA NA
KUZUNGUMZA.
KUSOMA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUULIZA,
KUJIBU. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 69
UK 69
UK 70
UK 71
UK 72 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA7
JUMA8
JUMA9
MAONI
106
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |MATAMSHI
CH/SH/ J
USAfi NA AFYA
USAfi NA AFYA
VINYUME
MATAMSHI
D/N/NJ |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTAMKA SAWA MANENO
YENYE SAUTI (HERUfi) CH, SH, NA J, NA KUTOFAUTISHA MATAMSHI
HAYO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEZA NA KUJIBU MASWALI
YA UFAHAMU JUU YA USAfi NA AFYA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA MSAMIATI WA USAfi NA AFYA
KWA KUJAZA NAFASI ZILIZOACHWA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA VINYUME VYA
VITENZI VYEPESI, K.M. VAA - VUA; FUNGA - FUNGUA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTAMKA SAWA MANENO
YENYE SAUTI (HERUfi) D, ND, NJ, NA KUTOFAUTISHA MATAMSHI HAYO. |KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA,
KUSOMA, KUTAMKA SAWA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA
MOJAMOJA, KUSOMA, KUULIZA,
KUJIBU.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA
MOJAMOJA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA
MOJAMOJA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUELEZA MCHORO MOJAMOJA,
KUTAMKA SAWA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 73
UK 74
UK 75
UK 76
UK 77 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA10
MAONI
107
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSIKILIZA NA
KUZUNGUMZA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |FUMBO
NG’OMBE
NYAKATI NGELI
A - WA
PICHA HADITHI
VYAKULA VYETU |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUFUMBUA MAFUMBO JUU
YA WANYAMA MBALIMBALI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEWA, KUULIZA NA KUJIBU
MASWALI YA UFAHAMU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA NYAKATI IJAYO (-TA), ULIOPO
(-NA), NA ULIOPITA (-LI) NA NGELI YA A - WA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTOA HADITHI KWA KUFUATIA MFULULIZO
WA MICHORO JUU YA HADITHI YA SIMBA NA PANYA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEWA, KUULIZA NA KUJIBU
MASWALI YA UFAHAMU JUU YA MAKALA YA VYAKULA VYETU. |KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA
MOJAMOJA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUULIZA, KUJIBU.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA, KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA
PICHA MOJAMOJA.
KUELEZA, KUTOA HADITHI, KUPATA
FUNZO.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA PICHA
MOJAMOJA.
KUSOMA, KUULIZA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 78
UK 79
UK 80
UK 81
UK 82 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI |VYAKULA VYETU
NYAKATI NGELI
KI-VI
MATAMSHI
ML/MR
HERUfi KUBWA
R - Z
ALAMA ZA
BARABARANI |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
VYAKULA VYETU, K.M. STAFTAHI, CHAJIO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA NYAKATI UJAO (-TA), ULIOPO,
(-NA) NA ULIOPITA (-LI), NA NGELI YA KI-VI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO YENYE
(HERUfi) SAUTI ML/MR NA KUTOFAUTISHA, K.M. MLANGO; MRABA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA NA
KUANDIKA MAJINA YA WATU YANAYOANZA KWA HERUfi R HADI Z
KWA HERUfi KUBWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA ALAMA
ZA BARABARANI NA UMUHIMU WA ALAMA HIZO. |KUTAZAMAMENYUNAKUIZUNGUMZIA,
KUSOMA, KUTAJA BEI, KUTUMIA.
KUSOMA, KUTAZAMA PICHA NA
KUZUNGUMZA.
KUELEZA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA,
KUSOMA MANENO, KUTAZAMA PICHA.
KUTAJA YALIYOMO PICHANI,
KUTAMKA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA, KUZUNGUMZA
JUU YA PICHA MOJAMOJA, KUCHORA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 83
UK 84
UK 85
UK 85
UK 86 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUIMBA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSEMA NA
KUSIKILIZA
KUSOMA NA
KUSEMA |BARABARANI
VIMILIKI
MATAMSHI B/P
VITENDAWILI
USICHEZE
BARABARANI |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA NA KUIMBA WIMBO WA
BARABARANI, KUFURAHIKIA WIMBO NA KUPATA UJUMBE ULIOPO.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI VYA NGELI I-ZI, K.M. MEZA
YETU/YAO/YENU IMEVUNJIKA. MEZA ZETU/ZAO/ZENU ZIMEVUNJIKA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO
YENYE SAUTI (HERUfi) B NA P NA KUTOFAUTISHA K.M. BASI NA PASI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTEGA NA KUTEGUA VITENDAWILI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUFAHAMU NA KUJIBU MASWALI
YA UFAHAMU JUU YA MAKALA, USICHEZE BARABARANI. |KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA MICHORO
MOJAMOJA, KUSOMA, KUIMBA,
KUELEZA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA MICHORO MOJA-
MOJA, KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUTOFAUTISHA KWA
MICHORO, KUTAZAMA MICHORO
KUTAJA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAZAMA PICHA NA KUTAJA NI NINI.
KUSOMA, KUZUNGUMZA, KUELEZA,
KUULIZA, KUJIBU. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 87
UK 88
UK 89
UK 90
UK 91 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA1
JUMA2
JUMA3
MAONI
108
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
MSAMIATI
MSAMIATI |VIMILIKI
MATAMSHI A/H
ALAMA YA
KIKOMO
KAZI
MBALIMBALI
KAZI
MBALIMBALI |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI VYA NGELI LI-YA,
K.M. SIKIO LAKO/LANGU/LENU. MASIKIO YAKO/YAO/YENU.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO
YENYE SAUTI (HERUfi) A/H NA KUTOFAUTISHA, K.M. AMRI NA HAMRI.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA ALAMA YA KIKOMO (.).
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA MSAMIATI WA
KAZI MBALIMBALI, K.M. DAKTARI, MLINZI, MPISHI, KINYOZI, DOBI.
· KUZIDI KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUJUA NA KUTUMIA BAADHI YA
MSAMIATI WA KAZI MBALIMBALI ZA WATU. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUTAMKA, KUTAMBUA, KUTOFAU-
TISHA, KUTAJA, KUANDIKA, KUSOMA.
KUELEZA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA MICHORO
MOJAMOJA.
KUSOMA, KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 92
UK 93
UK 93
UK 94
UK 95 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5 |SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi |VIMILIKI A - WA
MATAMSHI S / Z
TARAKIMU
NANI ANAWAPA
PESA?
NAFSI TATU |· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI VYA NGELI A - WA,
K.M. MWALIMU WANGU/WAKO/WAKE AMEfiKA. WALIMU WETU/
WENU/WAO WAMEfiKA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO
YENYE SAUTI (HERUfi) S NA Z NA KUTOFAUTISHA, K.M. SIMA; ZIMA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUHESABU NA KUTUMIA
TARAKIMU KUTOKA 300 HADI 499.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEWA, KUIGA MCHEZO NA
KUJIBU MASWALI YA UFAHAMU.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA NAFSI TATU KATIKA UMOJA NA
WINGI, NYAKATI ULIOPITA, ULIOPO, NA UJAO. |KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZAJUUYAPICHA MOJAMOJA,
KUSOMA, KUTOFAUTISHA, KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUHESABU,
KUTAMBUA TARAKIMU, KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA MICHORO,
KUSOMA, KUIGA, KUPATA UJUMBE.
KUANDIKA, KUSOMA, KUZUNGUMZA
JUU YA MICHORO, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 96
UK 97
UK 98
UK 99
UK 100 | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5. |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi |MATAMSHI L/R
ALAMA YA
KUULIZA
ALAMA ZA
HISABATI
KIPENGO
VIMILIKI NGELI
U-I |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO YENYE
SAUTI (HERUfi) L/R NA KUTOFAUTISHA BAYANA, K.M. KULA NA KURA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA ALAMA YA KUULIZA (?) KATIKA
SENTENSI.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA ALAMA ZA HISABATI, K.M. + (ALAMA
YA KUJUMLISHA), - ALAMA YA KUTOA, = (ALAMA YA SAWASAWA).
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEWA NA KUJIBU MASWALI
YA UFAHAMU JUU YA KIPENGO.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI NGELI U-I, K.M.
MKONO WANGU/WAKO/WAKE. MIKONO YANGU/YAKO/YAO. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTOFAUTISHA,
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA MICHORO.
KUANDIKA, KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUTAMBUA, KUTUMIA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTAMBUA,
KUTUMIA, KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA MICHORO,
KUSOMA, KUULIZA, KUJIBU.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 101
UK 101
UK 102
UK 103
UK 104 | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA4
JUMA5
JUMA6
MAONI
109
| |FUNZO |MADA |SHABAHA |SHUGHULI ZA
MWALIMU NA
MWANAFUNZI |NYENZO |ASILIA
(KISWAHILI
SANIFU, KITABU
CHA MWANAFUNZI) | | | |1.
2.
3.
4.
5 |KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA
SARUfi
KUSOMA NA
KUANDIKA |MATAMSHI
G/NG
ALAMA ZA
HISABATI
WATOTO WANA
HAKI
VIMILIKI, NGELI
KI-VI
HUWEZI
KUMFURAHISHA
KILA MTU |· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUTAMKA KISAWA MANENO
YENYE SAUTI (HERUfi) G/NG NA KUTOFAUTISHA, K.M. GOMA NA
NGOMA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA ALAMA ZA HISABATI, K.M. X NI
ALAMA YA KUZIDISHA NA = NI ALAMA YA SAWASAWA.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUFAHAMU NA KUJIBU
MASWALI YA UFAHAMU JUU YA WATOTO WANA HAKI PIA.
· KUWAWEZESHA WANAFUNZI KUTUMIA VIMILIKI VYA NGELI KI-VI,
K.M. KIDOLE CHANGU/CHAKO/CHAKE. VIDOLE VYANGU/VYAKO/
VYAKE.
· KUWAONGOZA WANAFUNZI KUSOMA, KUELEWA NA KUJIBU MASWALI
YA UFAHAMU JUU YA HADITHI, HUWEZI KUMFURAHISHA KILA
MTU. |KUSOMA, KUTAMKA, KUTOFAUTISHA,
KUTAJA MICHORO, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA, KUZUNGUMZA
YANAYOFANYIKA KATIKA MICHORO.
KUSOMA, KUELEZA, KUULIZA NA
KUJIBU.
KUSOMA, KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA
MICHORO KUELEZA, KUTUMIA,
KUANDIKA.
KUZUNGUMZA JUU YA KILA
MCHORO KUSOMA, KUELEZA,
KUULIZA, KUJIBU. |KITABU CHA
MWANAFUNZI |UK 105
UK 106
UK 107
UK 108
UK 109 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
KIPINDI
JUMA7
MAONI
110
WEEK1WEEK2-3
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
112
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK
11&12
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
113
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
5
MULTI-
114
WEEK7WEEK8WEEK9WEEK10
WEEK
11&12
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
115
WEEKWEEKWEEKWEEK
3
5
4
1-2
WEEK6
WEEK8WEEKWEEK7WEEK
9
11-12
TOPIC REFERENCES REMARKS
ADDITION WITH
SUBTRAC-
BY THE END OF THIS TOPIC, THE PUPILS · DISCUSSING THE PUPILS’ DAILY,
WEEKLY, MONTHLY AND ANNUAL
ACTIVITIES
LISTS OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK PUPIL’S BOOK PAGE
AND MONTHS OF THE YEAR
CHANGE
116
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
118
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
119
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK11
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
120
WEEK12
WEEK13
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
121
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK4
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
122
WEEK9WEEK8WEEK10WEEK11WEEK12
WEEK7
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
· OBSERVE PICTURES OF CHILDREN STUDYING · PICTURES
· PENCILS AND CRAYONS
123
WEEK13WEEK14
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
124
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
125
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK9
WEEK8
WEEK10
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
126
WEEK12WEEK11
SUB-TOPIC LEARNING/TEACHING
127
WEEK1&2
WEEK4
WEEK3
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
SENSES THE SENSE
130
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
WEEK11
WEEK12
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
131
WEEK1
WEEK2WEEK3WEEK4WEEK5WEEK6WEEK7WEEK8
WEEK
9&10
WEEK
11&12
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
132
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
4WEEK4
WEEK
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
133
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
OBJECTIVES REFERENCES REMARKS
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK1
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
WEEK4
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
WEEK7
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK7
WEEK8
WEEK9
WEEK10
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK10
WEEK1
WEEK2
WEEK3
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK3
WEEK4
WEEK5
WEEK6
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
WEEK6
WEEK7
WEEK8
OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING TEACHING/LEARNINGSUB-TOPIC
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.
Related searches
- kcse online revision materials
- kcse past papers
- kcse revision notes
- kcse revision papers 2018
- kcse revision questions
- kcse revision
- kcse free revision papers
- kcse revision papers with answers
- free kcse past papers download
- kcse revision papers pdf download
- kcse free revision papers with answers
- kcse past papers and answers